^, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^/ k ^^ :a ^ ^^% " <^.^? r^ 4^ 1.0 bi ^1^ yii [jKi |Z2 £ U£ 12.0 IL2^ III 1.4 6" I t.6 i. fliotograpljic .Sciences Corporation 93 WIST MAIN STMPT WiBSTiR.N.Y. 14510 '716) •73-4503 ^<^>^ ^ CfHM/iCMH Microfiche Series. / ' i." CIHM/ICIV/IH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques ©1984 Technical and Bioliographic Notas/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. n Q n n D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagte Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couv«rture restaur^ et/ou pelliculte I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiques en couleur □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bisue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other materia^ Reli^ avec d'autres documents r~71 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int^rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. mais, lorsque cela itait possible, cas pages n'ont pas 6ti f ilmAes. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentaires; L'Institut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a M possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique. qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exigsr une modification dans la methods normale de filmage sont indiqute ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ y y This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de rMuction indiquA ci-dessous. Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommag^es Pages restored and/oi Pages restauries et/ou pelliculies FT] Pages damaged/ Fyl Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages dicolortos. tachetdes ou piqu6es □ Pages detached/ Pages d6tach6es Showthrough/ Transparence I I Quality of print varies/ Quality rnigale de I'impression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel supplimontaire d e b ri r( •I Only edition available/ Saule Mition disponibie Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 filmies d nouveau de fagon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X y 12X 1«X 20X 24X 28X 32X ails du idifier une lage Thtt copy filmed hare haa baan raproducad thanka to tha ganaroaity of : Library of the Public Arciiives of Canada Tha images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and leglbiiity of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper ccvers are filmed beginning with the front cover af)d ending on the last page with a printed or iiluatratad imprea- slon, or the back cover when appropriate. Ail other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or iiluatratad impres- sion, and ending on the (eat page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — »> (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol Y (meaning 'END"), whichever applies. L'exemplaire film* fut reproduit gri^ce A la gAnArositA de: La bibilothdqua des Archives publlQues du Canada Lea imagea suivantea ont tt€ reproduites avac la piua grand soin, compta tenu de la condition at de la nettet* de I'exempieire film*, et en conformity avac las conditions du contrat da filmage. Lea exemplalres origlnaux dont la couverture en papier est ImprirnAe sent fllmte en commen9ant par le premier plat at en terminant soit par la darnlAre page qui comporte une emprelnte d'Impresslon ou d'lllustration, soit par le second plat, aalon le cas. Tous las autras exemplalres origlnaux sont filmis an commenpant par la premiere page qui comporte une emprelnte d'Impresslon ou d'lllustration et en terminant par la darniire page qui comporte une telle emprelnte. Un des symboles sulvants apparaitra sur la darniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le caa: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE". le symbols ▼ signifie "FIN". IVIaps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included In one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the •nethod: Lea cartas, planches, tableaux, etc., peiwent Atre fllmte A des taux da rMuctlon diff Grants. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul ciichA, II est f limA A partir de i'angia aupAriaur geuche, de gauche d drolte, et de haut en bas, en prenant la nombre d'imagas nAcessalre. Les diagrammes sulvants illustrant la mAthode. ate slure. k 1 2X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 CORPS PAPERS, AND MEMOIRS ON MILITARY SUBJECTS; OOMPII.KD FltOM CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE OFFICERS OP THE llOYAL ENGINEERS AND THK .» EAST INDIA COMPANY'S ENGINEERS. PRINTKil FOR UIKCULATIoN AMONG SUBSCillBKIlS. SECOND NUMBER. FORTY-SE VE N ILL U HT RATION S. LONDON: JOHN WE ALE IHI'J. LONDON : GEORGE WOODFALL AND SON, ANSEL COURT, SKINNER STREET. PREFACE. In presenting the Second Number of the Corps Papers to our Brother Officers, both in Her Majesty's and the East India Company's En- gineers, we hope the subjects which it contains will be foimd of an interesting professional character. Some delay has occurred in the publication of the present Number, owing to impediments in the printing, which it is not necessary to explain. The attention of young Officers is requested to Lieutenant Gibb's narrative of the military operations at Natal. Its perusal will show them how unexpectedly occasions may orsur, even in distant colonies, which call for an exercise of their knowledge as engineers ; and how important it is, both to themselves and to the service generally, that they should be axjquainted with all the resources of that art which enables the weak to resist the strong when placed in circumstances similar to those related in the narrative. We trust that, in an early Number, we shall be enabled to describe some of the engineering details connected with the great military opera- tions now passing in the north-west of India, as also other valuable matter now in hand. Captain Sir William Denison's paper on Barrack AccMnmodation and the Moral Conduct of the Soldiers is postponed, as the drawings which are to accompany the paper are not completed. G. G. Lewis, Colonel Royal Engineers. J. Williams, Captain Royal Engineers. CONTENTS OF TEXT AND ILLUSTRATIONS. ■' Narrative of the Survey, by the Britislj Commis- sion, of the Boundary between the British Pos- sessions in North America and the United States. 107 to 169 Map of ditto Paget. Platea and Woodcuti. 1 engraved map. Notice of the Military Portion of the Works of Francisco di Giorgio Martini, Architetto Senese, Diagram 1 . Page 172 >» 2 . „ 178 >» - . „ 175 »» 3 • „ 176 »» 4 . „ 177 11 5 ■ ,. 178 11 6,7 . . ■ „ 179 >» 8 . . . . „ 180 )* 9, 10, 11 . „ 181 >» 12 . . . . „ 182 if la 14 . . „ las »» 15 . . . . „ 184 170 to 185 Memoranda on Mines fired in the Phoenix Paric, near Dublin, in 1843-4. By Captain Larcom, Royal Engineers 186 to 198 Engravings to illustrate above, Plates 1 , 2, 3, 4 Diagram of the Cliff . . Page 189 ,. of the Wires „ 192 „ of Cubical Boxes ,,193 ., of Cups and Wires „ i98 „ of Batteries . . „ 194 Statement of the Effect of the Explosion of Fire- Arms in long narrow Loop>hoIes, at Aden. By Lieut.-Col. C. Waddington, C.B., Bombay En- gineers 197 to 198 — — Diagram of the Plan of the Loop- holes Page 197 Diagram of the Section of ditto . ,,197 16 wood engrav*'. 4 engravings. 5 wood engrav*'. 2 wood engrav*'. / IV C0NTP;NTS Ol" TKXT ANIJ ILLUS ritATIONS. Substunce of a Keport on u travelling Platform furnished for the Defence of Aden. By Lieut. - Col, Wiiddington, C.B., &c On the Curbonizution of Wood by Steam, and on some other iinportunt pruutical Applieutions of the Heating; Power of Steam. By M. Violette, Commissary in the Powder and Saltpetre De- partment, and formerly Pupil in tife Polyteeliiiic School. Communicaled, with Itemarks, by Lieut.-Col. Portloek, R.E., F. R. S. Engravings to illustrate the same I'nRcs. l2U-i I'liltrs ami VVmidrilts. •20;} to -21. J Copy of Report on the Demolition of the Old Ma- gazine in the Citadel at Halifax, Nova Scotia, on the 7th of April, 1847. By Lieut. Phill- potts, R.E -214 to -210 Account of the Operations performed on the Field Day at Chatham, 11th August, 1848 . -217 to 229 Engravings to illustrate tlie sa'me .... Diagram, showing the Method for boring an Air-hule . . Page 224 Diagram of Charges . . . „ 220 Memoranda descriptive of the Attack, by the Boers, of the Force under Major Smith, 27th Regiment, at Port Natal, by Lieut. Gibb, R.E. . 2a() to 246 Engravings to illustrate the same .... Illustrations, in number 2 engravnigv 1 1 enijravings. 2 wood enarav"'. . 4 engravings. 47 107 NARRATIVE of the Survey, by the British Commission, of the Boundary between the British Possessions in North America and the United States of America, under the Treaty of Wash- ington of the 9th August, 1 842 *. I84.'i. The British Commission -vas composed of a Commissioner, a secretary, two astrono- mers, who were selected from the corps of Royal Engineers, two surveyors, one of whom was also from the corps of Royal Engineers, and one a civilian, and six non- commissioned officers of the corps of Royal Sappers and Miners, who had been for a long time employed on uie Ordnance Survey of England. These last were found to be 80 useful, that in the second season, when the operations of the Commission were to be greatly extended, they were increased in numbers to twenty. Previously to leaving England, the two officers, who were to take the part of astrono- mers, received from Professor Airy, the Astronomer Royal, instruction at Greenwich in the particular description of observations which he thought suited to the service to be performed. He also superintended the selection of the instruments best fitted to the objects contemplated. They were, for the astronomical purposes, transits, altitude and azimuth instruments, box and pocket chronometers, sextants, and a liberal allow- ance of thermometers and barometers. For surveying purposes the instruments pro- vided were theodolites, chains, and Schmnlchalder's compasses. The Commission left England in two detachments. The first, consisting of the Commissioner, the secretary, and one surveyor, sailed in the steam-packet from Liver- pool on the 4th of April, 1843; and the second on the 19th of the same month. They both landed at Boston ; thence, re-embaiking on board a coasting steamer, they sailed to St. John's, New Brunswick ; and thence, by the river boats, proceeded to Fredericton. In the mean time the Joint Commission was opened, according to the direction of the Treaty, at Bangor in the State of Maine, on the Ist of May, the British and American Commissioners meeting there for that purpose. At this time the winter was not entirely over ; the ground was in general bare of snow, though still there were patches to be seen scattered about in ravines and gullies. In the woods it was even quite deep, in consequence of a recent heavy fall. The 1st of .lune, therefore, was agreed upon as the time to begin operations ; and the interval was lo be employed in making preparations. Tents were to be made ; provisions collected ; camp equipments procured ; and axe-men to be hired. On the British side, Fredericton was for the time head-quarters. The tents were procured at Boston ; the provision purchased at St. John's ; the men hired at Fredericton ; and the boats, of which there were to be in the first instance eighteen, were built at Woodstock. One other officer was engaged at Fredericton as a surveyor, who had been employed in previous explorations relative to the disputed Boundary, before the Ashburton Treaty set the matter at rest. * This P.-ipcr has been given by permission of the Ri(;ht Hon. Secretary for Foreign Affairs. VOL. I. Q I 108 NAltllATIVK OF* TUF, SUIIVKY OK After leaving; Frodericfon, the Grand Fulls w;m nppnintcd to be the first place nl' r<'n(lezvous for the Uritish Commission ; there evervtliiiid wiis to be carried, nixi ii )>rin('ipal depot to lie formed of ull such stores as nii){ht be vvuiitudfor the first seusuii, 8o far at least as they iMiuld be iLscertained bul'drcbaiid. On the first arrival of the Commissiuii ut Fiedcrieton the floods \ver(3 out on the Kiver St. John ; and, indeed, so great had been the rush of ice borne down by the melting .tnown, that every bridge bad been carried away from the Grand Falls to T'lcdericton, but as soon as these had been temporarily repaired, and li:e waters had subsided, the Commission removed to the Grand Falls, and from theuce began its .operations. ^ These will be described under the different heads of- 1. North Line. 2. St. John. 3. St. Francis. 4. South- West Line. 5. South Line. 0. South- West Branch. 7. Highlands. 8. Hall's Stream. 9. West Line. 10. Astrorfomical Operations. These divisions have been adopted for convenience, nnd a reference to the map accompanying this narrative will, it is supposed, afford a clear idea of the portion of country to which they each relate. The labourers employed by the British Commission at the beginning of the first season were comparatively few. They did not exceed fifty ; but as soon as the cut- ting of the Line began, they were increase-'i",waska River. Above that point the settlements are less frequent. rer St. Francis. RIVER ST. FUANCIS. The River St. Francis was surveyed by a party from each Commission acting together. The outlet of Lake Pohenagamook was determined and marked. The whole course of the St. Francis was throuijh uncleared woodland. The scenery on it was very beautiful ; the trees rich with foliage ; the width of the river sometimes diminishing to a narrow channel, and then again opening out broader, and even spreading itself into large and long lakes. Lake Pohenagamook is the third principal lake, and is about six mites long. Before relating the astronomical operations, it will be necessary to mention what arrangeinents were made for supplying with provisions the parties to be employed in the Valley of the St. John beyond the St. Francis. Up to the St. Francis, the St. John, though shallow in pr.ns, was jet generally capable of Hoaling a flat-bottomed boat, called a "scow;" but above the mouth of the St. Francis it was found to be for the most part, except when swollen by an un- usual quantity of water, too sliiillow for transporting any large quantity of provisions. It was, therefore, necessary to seek some otlier r<>ut(!. That which was determined on was to cut a road through the woods from St. Thomas, a town on the St. Lawrence, about thirty miles below Quebec, to the nor'h-west braricH r,f the St. John ; a dis- tance, as it turned out, not less than forty-one miles. Bridges and causeways, wherever necessary, were constructed upon it. It was begun from the side of St.. Tliomas ; and thus, as the provisions were wanted for the workmen, they were carried in after them on carls by the road they were cutting. A triangulation was being made at the same time of the country intervening be- tween the north-west branch and the crest of the dividing ridge towards the St. Law- rence, in which direction it so happened, fortunately, that there were several prominent hills which facilitated the operation. Ironnmical Crations, ASTRONOMICAL OPERATIONS. •\ chain of astronomical stations was established between the Grand Falls and the outlet of Lake Pohenagamook. Comparative longitudes were obtained between those stations by interchanges of chronometers ; thus, the Grand Falls and the mouth of the Mndawaska River were the first stations taken up. As soon as the oflicers 112 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Astmnoiniral observations. had determined the time at their stations, chronometers were transmitted from one to the other. After that had been satisfactorily accomplished, the Grand Falls were abandoned, and the mout^ of the St. Francis was taken up ; and then the connection was made between that and the Madawaska. Then the Madawaska was given up, and the out- let of Lake Pohenagamook was occupied. In this manner the Grand Falls were connected astronomically with the outlet of Lake Pohenagamook, which being accomplished, the second object was to connect the outlet with a certain point on the north-west branch of the St. John, which was determined according to certain conditions of tho Treaty : for it was directed that the boundary between those points should be a straight line ; and the whole interven- ing country, a distance of more than sixty miles, being one unbroken forest, it was necessary to connect those two points astronomically in latitude and longitude, and so to compute their azimuths. To effect this, a chain of stations was taken up by the only practicable, though cir- cuitous route of the St. Francis and the St. John, in the same manner as had been already done between the Grand Falls and Lake Pohenagamook. They were — 1. Outlet of Lake Pohenagamook. 2. Mouth of the St. Francis. 3. Mouth of the Great lilack River. 4. The Forks of the St. John, or end of the Ten-Mile Line. This Ten-Mile Line had been cut by the American Commission from the St. John to the point fixed on the North- West Branch. It was a measured distance of ten miles ; and, besides being the means of fixing the point on the North- West Branch, it served to complete the connection between the outlet and the North- West Branch. But before these operations were finished winter had set in ; the communication between the stations had ceased. The last party which attempted to pass between the mouth of the Great Biack River and the Forks had been obliged to abandon their canoe, and scramble the rest of their journey along the sides and banks of the river. It had been determined, however, beforehand, to endeiivour to persevere, notwith> standing the winter; and accordingly preparations had been made: houses had been constructed, in which it was hoped the parties would be able to remain during at least so much of the winter as might be found necessary ; and stores and provisions had been laid in. After the river had become impassable for canoes, the parties waited for it to freeze, hoping that it would prove possible to elTect a communication by sleighs. The interval which elapsed between the closing of the navigation by canoe, and the opening of it by sleigh, was ten weeks; i. c, from the beginning of November to the 10th of January. The urrangeraent for carrying the chronometers by sleighs required a stable for a change of horses intermediate between the astronomical stations ; and the service was attended with a great deal of exposure ; so much so, that it re<(uired great persuasion and management at times to induce the Canadians, who had undertaken the employ- ment, to continue in the service. Their horses suffered for want of good stabling, and from the fatigue attending their journeys : continually they were obliged to break a fresh track through the recently fallen snow ; and frequently to stop to strike off the heavy burden of ice, which would collect and attach itself about the fetlocks of the animal. The service was however successfully accomplished ; and thus a complcU; THE NORTH AMERICAN HOUNDAUV. 113 connection was made between the extremities of the lonj; South- West Line; and the data were obtained for computing the direction of one from tlie other. The parties then left the woods by tlie way of St. Thomas. The winter was employed also in currying in to the depot on Lake Ishteganalshe- geck, on the North- West Branch, a very large supply of provisions ; enough, in fact, to last for all the remainder of the operations likely to be required in the valley of the St. John. They were carried in on sleighs, and an officer was placed in charge of them. Using that as the principal depot, other subsidiary depots were formed : one at the opposite side of the Lake Ishieganalshegeck ; another at the Forks, or end of the Ten. Mile Line; another at the mouth of the Great Black River; and another near the outlet of Lake Pohenagamook : but this last was supplied from Riviere du Loup by a road cut by the lumbermen from Fournior's on the Teraiscouata Poi-tage Road. In this way provisions were stored in sufficient quantities, and in convenient depots, for the operations calculated on for the valley of the St. John. The to. .'going operations may be considered as those of the first season, though they did in fact extend through the whole of the winter. They arc shortly comprehended in the following: — A survey of the North Line. A survey of the St. John River, with its islands. A survey of the St. Francis River. Astronomical data for computing the azimuth of the South- West Line. And a large supply of provisions collected at certain depftts. 11144. The month of February being permitted to pass in inactivity, the Commission was again ready in March to begin operations ; and it was determined to take advantage of the hoUowness of the woods and the absence of foliage, and of the snow, which covered up the obstructions on the ground, and mpdc it easier to pass between the lih \\i>t Line, trees with snow shoes. Accordingly, by the 1st of March, the two sets of labourers were on the ground, one at Lake Pohenagamook, and the other at the North- West Branch ; and preparations were made for running a trial line from both ends at once. The following was the mode of proceeding at the North- West Branch: — The azimuth of the line to be run, which had been computed from the astrono- mical data, as already mentioned, was first laid off with a large altitude and azimuth instrument, and then the line was prolonged with a transit. It so happened that, at\er running about four miles, the Line passed over the shoulders of a hill, which rose like a sugar-loaf; and, after removing the transit to that point, it was found to command a view over the tops of the successive ridges for nearly forty miles. This was great luck, which the party at Lake Pohenagamook did not share. They, on the contrary, had their view obstructed by hill af^er hill, entailing frequent removals of the transit. The party which actually ran and cut the Line worked their way by compass ; but at night they were enabled to obtain a correction for themselves from the Transit Station, in the following manner; — A torch of birch bark was visible with great easi even to the distance of forty miles ; also flashes of gunpowder fired in an open pan could be seen to at least the same distance. Signals were agreed upon, ns thus : — One flash, " Move more to the right ; " two flashes, " Move more to the left ; " three Hashes, " Halt;" and four flashes, " All right." As soon as it became dark the torch was set up by the working party ; the olliccr at the transit, observing the deviation of the tor( h from the true position, made signals, in nbedience to which the torch was 114 NARRATIVK OF THE SURVFA' OF South Line. Astronomical olinervations. moved, until it was seen to be bisected by the centre wire of the transit. When tliat was the case, the signal of four flashes was made, and a post firmly driven into the »round was substituted for the torch. In due time tlie parlies from the opposite ends were expected to be approaching each other, though no communication had been as yet opened between tlicm ; and great was the anxiety to learn how near they were drawing to eacli other, and wliat amonnt of error there would be between the two lines. The first indication of the cutting party from Lake Pohenagamook was an apparent dip or opening on the outline of the tops of tiie trees, seen by a man who had climbed a free to look out. The suspicion that it might be the other party, be- came a certainty that it was so, by the opening being observed to grow larger ; at length they came alongside of each other, when their deviation from the correct course was found to be only 341 feet, i.e., an error for each of 170J feet, supposing each to have run the same distance. The degree of accuracy which this result implied will be perhaps better understood by quoting the statement of Professor Airy. When writing on the subject, and expressing his satisfaction at the manner in which the officers charged with tiie astro- nomicul operations had performed their parts, he said that the error was so small, that it was less than the loss of one beat of a half second chronometer ; that is, that during the circuit of astronomical stations and the interchange of chronometers, which had taken place in order to obtain the comparative longitude between the extremities of the South- West Line, of which a description has been given, there had not oc- curred the loss of one whole beat of a chronometer constructed to beat half seconds. The error being ascertained, it was necessary to correct it ; and this was done by running off-ets at certain points along each line of lengths proportional with their distances from the extremities. The corrected line was then run through the points fixed by the offsets j and afterwards parlies were put on to open it to thirty feet. Durincf the progress of the operations just described, the snow, which had been from four to five feet deep, had gradually melted, entailing thereby great difficulties. By degrees the snow siioes became useless, and yet without them the men sank the full depth of their logs into mo\it, half-melled snow, excessively difficult to get through. Add to this, the streams became rivers, and the rivers deep torrents. As an example of the labour of pushing through the snow in its moistened state, whilst it was still deep, one party was fou.' days going ten miles. The next operations in the valley of the St. John were to determine the parallel of latitude 46° 25' on the South- West Branch, and then to run the South Line. The further astronomical operations of 1844 were to connect the North- West Branch with Quebec. A high hill rose above Lake Isheeganalshegeck, which was made an astronomical station, and was connected by triargulation with the boundary point on the North- West Branch. Then a hill was sought out upon the highest ridge intervening be- tween the valley of the St. Lawrence and the valley of the St. John in the direction of Quebec. Having found a spot, the tops of the trees on which could be seen both from the station on the hill above Lake Isheeganalshcgeck and from the observatory which was established on the Plains of Abraham, near the citadel of Quebec, flashes of gunpowder were fired from it. These being seen, and the limes noted at each of the two astronomical stations, the difference of longitude was obtained. HIGHLANDS. Iliuhlanils. Turning now to other operations of the season, the attention is directed to the Highlands stretching from the source of the south-west branch of the St. John to the THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 115 ilof source of Hall's Stream, alon;; which portion the Boundary was directed to follow the dividing ridge of the waters. The whole of that district, embracing about 180 miles in length, wag forest ; there was hut one rnnd through it, and that led almost due south from Quebec towards Boston in the United States. The method adopted for finding the dividing ridge of the waters, as well as for ob- taining the means of mapping it down afterwards, was this : — Setting out from the height of land on the Kennebec Road, guide-lines, as they were called, were cut through the wood, one eastward and another westward, and, as nearly as could be guessed, in the general direction of the dividing ridge. From these guide-lines offsets at distances of about half a mile were run ov.er the dividing ridge ; leaving water flowing, say, into the St. Lawrence, they were made to cross over the hills, and were prolonged until they struck water flowing in the opposite di- rection, through the Valley of the Kennebec. The highest point between those waters flowing in opposite directions would be, as a general rule, on the dividing ridge ; and thus a succession of summits was obtained, which, when connected, formed the Boundary required by the Treaty. In order to connect those summits, the prac- tice pursued was to send a man to blow a hem at one summit, which, being heard at the next, afforded a guide to a party, which, following the highest ground about them through all its difierent windings, listened to the blowing of the horn, and inclined that way whenever the ground admitted of their doing so ; and thus they blazed a line from one summit to the other. The direa'ion of the guide-lines was altered whenever it was deemed necessary ; but both the guide-lines and the offsets being chained, and their angles of direction observed, they afforded base lines by which to correct the traverse along the actual Boundary. Another correction was also resorted to, viz., bearings of high conspicuous points, which discovered themselves as the work went on. The line along the dividing ridge having been blazed, it was cut out to the esta- blished width of thirty feet ; to accomplish which in the shortest time large parties were employed. The guide-lines and ofTsets very much facilitated the operation, by enabling diflerunt working parties to get in upon the Boundary at several points at once, without interruption to each other. The principal difficulty was the keeping up a supply of provisions to the working parties. The labour of carrying them on men's backs into the woods to such great distances as forty miles, which was the case when the cutting of the Boundary had made some progress, was very great, so great that a constant supply of fresh men was required for the purpose ; for it always happened that many of the men who had made one trip into the woods with a load on their backs, refused, upon their return, to un- dertake another. The heat, the rain, the difficulties of the paths — sometimes very steep, and some- times very marshy,— the snow afterwards, as the season advanced, and the insufficient shelter, combined to discourage them, and to make it necessary to arrange for a con- stant succession of fresh men to be sent up from distant settlements. To complete the cutting of the Boundary up to the source of Hall's Stream was a race against the season ; and the snow was already two feet deep before it was accom- plished. It was finished, however, before the parties left the woods ; and thus the amount of Boundary cut during the season was from the outlet of Lake Fohenaga- raook to the source of Hall's Stream, a distance of about 2G4 miles, of which the Britisli Commission had cut 224 miles. This was a larger portion of the woric than properly would have fallen to the share of the British Commission, had it not been agreed between the Commissioners, for the sake of expedition, that the principal part VOL. I. U 116 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OK 1R44-.-.. Astronomical observations. Hall's Stream. of the cutting during this season should be done by the British Commission, v/h\ht all fliat should remain to be cut of the Boundary from the source of Hall's Stream, to tlie jnd, should he accomplished by the American Commission afterwards. Durinjr the winter of 1844 45 the iron monuments were carried to their places all along that portion of the Boundary which had been cut during the season as above mentioned. Along the South-West and South Lines, as well as up the south-west briinch of the St. John to its siiurce, they were hauled on sleighs urawn by horses; but along the Highlands that was impossible, and therefore a party of eighty Canadians, under a confidential antj very di^tcrmined foreman, was employed for the purpose, prepared with hand-sleighs, called by the Indians " tabaugens," but. of a strong description. They entered the woods in January, near Hall's Stream ; deposited the monu- ments at certain points along the Boundary ; and came out at the height of land on the Kennebec Road, The service was one rf severe laboi-r and exposure. Some- times all hands .vere required to haul each monument in succession up a prccipi'-e; SDmetimes a violent snow-storm would cross the hills where the men were at work, and they would scarce be able to keep body and soul together. The season of winter was also employed to survey on the ice the South-West Branch of the St. John, the South Branch, the North-West Branch, the Matnwaquam, the main St. John down as far as the St. Francis, the Great and Little Black Rivers, and the Ktjemquospem. When the working season of 1845 began, the monuments, which had been laid down at the places destined for them, were erected along the south-west and south lines, also along the Highlands. The traverse of those portions of the Boundary was likewise completed. Hall's Stream was surveyed; and the 45lh parallel was explored, cut out, and surveyed. The astronomical observations were also continued between Quebec and the 45th parallel ; and as Quebec had been previously connected with the north-west branch of the St. John, it followed that a comjilete chain of astronomical observations had been determined, extending from the Grand Falls of the St. John through the Valley of the St. John, and over to the 45th parallel, by Quebec and Montreal. Hall's Stream was surveyed by running a o^uide-line from its intersection by the West Line, that is, by the Line of Valentini and Collins, in a northerly direction, then by running ofl'sets from that guide-line to the river, and by a traverse along the stream itself. WEST LINK. West Line. The Line of Valentine and Collins was found near Canaan Corner. The people of the country pointed it out. They showed a line of old blazes, as also a place where a post had stood near the Connecticut, about a mile further to the eastward than Hall's Stream. The old blazes were examined iit different places along the line between Hall's Stream and St. Regis, and were found to date back to 1772, 3, and 4. These old blazes were traceable the whole extent of the line, except where clearings intervened. Other old marks were likewise found, of which the niost remarkable were an old post on Province Point, in Mississq'.oi Bay, and the foundation, in masonry, of the monument which had stood near Rouse's Point, on the left bank of the Richelieu. It had been covered over with mould by time, and no appearance of it remained on the surface of the ground, which was marshy and covcrc' with long coarse grass ; but a man of the neighbourhood remembered it, and poii tea out where • ill THE NOKTH AMERICAN UOUNDAHY. 117 Irnnomlval Irutions. it stood ; and there, upon digging, the square rrnss of masonry was discovered, tlic foundation of the original monument. The line along the 45th, the West Line, as it is designated in the Report and in the Maps, was found to be exceedingly crooked ; therefore in marking it the same method was adopted for correcting its deviations as had been resorted to on the North Line, by a sue- ssion of straight lines kept within the cutting of thirty feet. Wherever clearings occurred, the line was made to run straight across them, from authentic marks on thu one side to authentic marks on the other side of the same clearing. The astronomical operations for the season were, in detail, as follows : Montreal was connected with Quebec, and St. Regis and Rouse's Point with Montreal, by interchanges of chronometers, for which the steamers on the rivers afforded great facility ; then St, Regis was connected with Rouse's Point by signals of flashes, as the North- West Branch had been with Quebec. A high hill, called Lion Hill, served as the signal station. Richford and Lake Memphramagog were likewise connected with Rouse's Point by signals from Jay Mountain, in Vermont. Afterwards the intersection of Hall's Stream by the West Line was connected with Lake Memphramagog by interchanges of chronometers. Added to these. Rouse's Point was connected with the observatory at Cambridge, near Boston, also by inter- changes of chronometers. It has been stated in the early part of this narrative, that monuments of a smaller size were erected along the Boundary, and others of a larger size at only certain points. The following is a list of the places where the larger monuments were erected, viz.: — The source of the River St. Croix. The intersection of the River St. John by the North Line. The outlet of Lake Pohenagamook. The Boundary Point on the North- West Branch. On the left bank of the South- West Branch, at its first intersection by the South Line. On the left bank of the South- West Branch, at its intersection by the parallel of latitude 46° 25'. At the first point on the Highlands near the source of the South- West Branch. On the east side of the Kennebec Road, At the source of Hall's Stream. The intersection of Hall's Stream by the West Line, on the right bank. The intersection of the River Richelieu by the West Line, one monument on the right bank and another on the left. The intersection of the St. Lawrence by the West Line, near St. Regis. The foregoing narrative explains the process by which the Line of Boundary was explored, and traced, and marked, and surveyed, throughout its whole length. It is possible that it might be useful to know precisely what portions of the work were done by American Commissioners and what by the British. The following, then, is an account of those proportions: — NOllTH LINE. The exjiloration was made by a party from each Commission. The cutting was divided : that portion of the line which was south of I'rcsqu'isic River wiis cut by the II 2 118 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Americans, and that portion which was north of that rivnr was cut by the British. The survey was executed by a party from each Commission, who also erected the monuments. RIVER ST. JOHN. The survey was made by two parties from each Commission, acting in pairs ; one of each Commission surveyinfj; in company. ST. FRANCIS. The survey was made by a party from each Commission. SOUTH-WEST LINE. The tracing and majking of this line was executed by the British Commission alone ; but the work was examined and verified afterwards by the American Com- mission. SOUTH LINE. The same as on the South- West Line. SOUTH-WEST BRANCH OF THE ST. JOHN. The survey was made by the American Commission, verified and marked by the; British. HIGHLANDS. From the source of the South-West Branch to the Kennebec Road the dividing ridge was sought out, and a succession of summits fixed, by a party frcT! each Com- mission. The cutting of the Boundary was done by the American Commission ; and the survey afterwards vvas made by a party from each Commission, but not acting together. The erecting of the monuments was performed by the British Commission. From the Kennebec Road to the source of Hall's Siream, the dividing ridge was sought out and summits fixed by the British Commission ; but it was verified after- wards by the American Commission, and a chain of summits was also erected by it. The cutting of that portion of the Boundary was executed by the British Com- mission. The survey was made by both Commissions ; but their parties did not act together. The hauling of the monuments to their places during the winter was performed by the British Commission from Hall's Stream to the Kennebec Road, and from thence to the source of the South- West Branch by the American Commission. The erecting the monuments afterwards was done in part by the British and in part by the American Commission. HALL'S STar.AM. The survey was by a party from each Commission, acting together, was undertaken by the American Commission. The marking WEST LINE. The exploration was done by the American Commission, verified by the British. The cutting of tiie Boundary was excci>ted by the Americans alone. The survey was nude by each Commisbioii, but nut acting in company. THE NORTH AMEUICAN BOUNDARY. 119 Appended to this narrative will be found reports from Captain, now Major Robin- son, and the late Captain Pipon, to the Dritish Commissioner, relating to the astro- nomical operations entrusted to them, which have been already mentioned in the fore- going narrative ; but they will be found more in detail in the accompanying reports. (Signed) J. B. BUCKNALL ESTCOURT, Lt.-Col., Estcourt, December 31, 1847. H. M. Commissioner. REPORT OF CAPTAIN ROBINSON TO LIEUTENANT-COLONEL BUCKNALL ESTCOURT. Washington, United States, July 7, 1846. I ANNEX to Captain Pipon's Report a statement of the rates of those chronometers which were under my particular charge, with some remarks on ow proceedings gene- rally ; and also some observations and results of signals which were made for the determination of ditTureiiccs of longitude between my station at Lake Memphra- magog and those of Major Graham, of the United States' Topographical Engineers, at Rouse's Point, and Lieutenant Thom, of the same corps, stationed at Richford. The chronometers supplied to us from Greenwich consisted of four box chrono- meters, regulated to sidereal time, and seven pocket chronometers, regulated to mean time. From Greenwich to Liverpool they were conveyed by railway, and from Liverpool to the Grand Falls, in New Brunswick, where our operations on the Boundary Line commenced, they were conveyed by water, the only exceptions being the short land- carriages from the ship to the hotel, and thence to the next vessel or boat by which the party was to proceed. No accident, or any rough travelling, occurred to aflect them on their journey. At the Grand Falls an equal partition of them was made, as under : — CAPTAIN nOBINSON. Box chronometer, No. 2277, by Parkinson and Frodsham. 51 , by Heyes. Pocket ciironometer, 3147, by Molyneux. 3091, by Molyneux. 2187, by Arnold, CAPTAIN PIPON. Box chronometer. No. 341, by Arnold. 2, by Frodsham. Pocket chronometer, 3148, by Molyneux. 3226, by Molyneux. 3227, by Molyneux. The seventh pocket chronometer, No, 2111, stopped frequently at the winding up, however carefully done ; it could not be depended on, and was therefore never made use of in any of our calculations. Our instruments were two portable transits of thirty inches focal length ; a third of smaller size ; two altitude and azimuth instruments, one of 15-inch, the other of 12-inch vertical circles; two mountain barometers (by Simms), and six French, or Gay L'issac barometers, with other minor instruments, such as sextants, a/.iinuth 120 NAHIIATIVE OF THE SURVEY OP compasses, &c. These were pretty equally divided between the two ostronomicnl parties. Tliere was also one large teleacojic of 42-inch focal length, for observing occulta- tions, eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, &c., which was transt'crubic between us as i cca- sion re()uired. The duties which devolved upon Captain Pipon and myself were to determine the latitudes and longitudes of as many points along the Boundary Line as might bo necessary to make a correct map of it, and to serve as points between which the surveyors could adjust and adapt their surveys. A triangulation along the Boundary was quite impossible. Another and principal object was to determine the directions, and run two straight lines of boundary, one of sixty-four miles long, the other of about twenty, between certain given points which had been fixed upon by the Treaty of Washington. Owing to the impracticable nature of the country, this could only be done by ascertaining very accurately the latitudes and diflerence of longitudes of the points, and then calculating their bearings with the meridian. Tlie plan of operations adopted to obtain these objects was for us to take up stations at short distances apart, between which a communication could be obtained witliin a moderately short period of time, not exceeding two to three days, and during which the rates of the pocket chronometers could be trusted while travelling ftom one standard to the other. The difference of longitude between every station was thus determined by interchanges of chronometers, or in some cases by signals. The latitude was at the same time determined by observing altitudes of stars when on and near the meridian. Commencing at the Grand Falls near the eastern limit of the Boundary in New Brunswick, and proceeding westward, a chain of stations was formed from it to St. Regis, the western extremity of the Boundary Line, connecting the whole in lon- gitude from one end to the other, — a line of boundary of some GOO miles in extent. The parties reached the Grand Falls in June, 1843, and Captain I'ipon proceeded immediately to the mouth of the Madawaska River, and established his first station at a distance up the River St. John of about forty miles from the lower station at the Grand Falls. A transit instrument was set up at each station, and observations for time were commenced on the 1st of July. The communication was by water ; each party had three boats and six boatmen attached to it. As soon as possible, after obtaining a good night's observations, the pocket chronometers were compared with the standard chronometer, and sent oflF to be compared with the standard at the otlier station, and then immediately returned, to be again compared with the first standard. Three transmissions in this way of each officer's set of pocket chronometers from any two stations, were generally deemed sufficient to give a good difference of lon- gitude between them. When the difference of longitude between the Grand Falls and the mouth of the Madawaska was considered to be satisfactorily determined, the party at ihe Grand Falls moved up the river, passed Captain Pipon's station, and took up a position at the mou h of the River St. Francis, some forty miles distant from it. The River St. John, along the course we had to follow, is full of shallows and rapids, and the ascent against the stream is laborious and slow. The distances, there- fore, at which our stations were taken up were necessarily at short distances from each other. The average distance the first season was forty miles, and it sometimes took us as much as sixty hours to perform even so short a journey as this. The same THR NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 121 number of iiitcrchnngcs viz., tliree cnch, were made hetween the Sf. Fran('i{ht kind of sleigh. In this case there was a slight variation in the plan of interchanging. Early in November, Captain Pipon had sent up his pocket chronometers to the Forks, for a first interchanne hy water on the usual plan ; but the river partially freezing over, the men were obliged to abandon their boat on their journey when near the Forks, and the chronometers in consequence could not be returned to him. In makini; the interchanges, the pocket chronometers were all sent together from one station to the other ; going and returning three times from the Forks to the (Jreat IJlack River, and twice from the Great Black River to the Forks and back. Notwithstanding the very unfavourable circumstances under which this ditferenco of longitude was obtained, — the observations being made sometimes when the mer- cury ha hill. At th(> slirtiii^: |Kiint a ii^ht wiu burnt idKhtl)' ; the tran.xit instrimiunt wa« net upon it ; and] heinu then turned on its axes, the true dlrcetion of tiie hue in continuation wa» cuvily and acrnirately uscertainod. The party, for the sul>e of coMvenienfr, encamped not far from tlie innlrumcnt stand, tiie anow on the gruund being ut the lime everywhere about four feet deep. Mr. Scott, with a Mrong body of lubourerH — for it was necen- sary to cut a way for lliemselves tlirough tiie dense forest, and to carry provisions net oir from Su[faT Loaf Hill to the lirst iiueceedin(( ridge, about four inilcx distant, which havin){ reached, he halted and waited until ni){ht ; when, by signaU previously af^rct'd upon, the point on the hill where the line pasac ', vvos marked, u clearing miido round it, and a pole set up. After do!:)!; which, \i^ set otT for the next xuceceding ridge, upon which a view back of the Sugar Loaf Hill could bo obtained, steering and cutting his way across the valleys as well as he could by the compass. The plan rf getting into line was thus : having arrived on a ridge, from which the Sugar Loaf (a very conspicuous object) could be seen, a torch-light made of the bark of the birch.tree was burnt as soon as it was dark. A torch made of this bark gives a most powerful light, which could be distinguished easily at the greatest dis- tance we had occasion to use them — this was about thirty-eight miles. As soon as the torch was seen from the transit-stand, the instrument was levelled, turned upon the light burning at the starting point, and then reversed in the direction of the cutting party, when it was at once seen how much they huA got out of the right line. The signals employed were (lashes of gunpowder, the quantity used varying from two charges of a fowling-piece up to seven ur eight per tlasli, according to the distance. The instrument being levelled and ready, four flashes were fired in quick succes- sion, to denote the Aime to the cutting party. This being answered by an equal number from them, denoting their readiness uho the sigr.alling was continued :— One flash — move north. Two flashes — move south. Three flashes— wait awhile. Four flashes - the torch is in the line. Proceed on to the next station. To prevent mistakes, and keeping one party waiting unnecessarily for the other, it was customary to acknowledge every signal made, immediately, by a corresponding signal. Flashes by gunpowder fired at nig'it are very effective signals, far superior to rockets. They are instantaneous, an I can be seen at very great distances. At forty miles they were seen distinctly, whilst rockets were made out with diflSculty, and sometimes not at all. When a point in the line was determined, clearings were r-ule round it, and a cutting made towards the Sugar Loaf Hill, and continued some way in the contrary direction. These formed notches or gaps, which were conspicuous in the daj-tirae, and ser^jd as a guide to the cutting party to take up their next position pretty accurately. Heliostats by day were also used for keeping the line. Proceeding in this way, points in the line, crossing ridges of hills, were marked at eight several places, the last being about thirty-eight miles distant from the transit instrument at the Sugar Loaf. The ground beyond this, on the other part of the line, was very unfavourable for the Pohcnagamook party, affording no commanding station, and the transit had to be moved from stttion to station. It was not until the end of five weeks, during which time the two cutting parties VOL. I. S I m 124 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF had been constantly approaching each other, that any intelligence or symptoms of their contiguity were obtained. At ihe end of this time, the North-West Branch party, cutting their way onward, descried trees falling upon the ridge to which they were advancing, and gradually a notch or gap appeared. This was the Pohenagamook party, and apparently right in the place for which the others were making. Tiie direction of each line was, however, continued until they came abreast of each other, when the distance from one to the other was measured, and found to be 341 feet ; — an amount equal to what would be produced by about one-quarter second of time error in the determination of the difference of longitude of the two extremities of the line. Each party as they proceeded cutting their way measured as well as they could the distance^ they had advanced, and of those points at which marks in the line had been set up. This 341 feet was divided proportionally, according to the distance each party had made from their starting points, A high pole or staff was erected at the spot thus given, and the two cutting parties, turning their backs upon each other, se' off on their return back to their original stations. At each former point, where a mark had been set up, an offset was measured from it, proportionally to its distance on the line, a place cleared for it, and a new pole prepared to be set up to mark where the correct line should pass. The transit instru- ment on the Sugar Loaf, four miles distant from the North- West Branch end was shifted its proportional distance also, and as the cutting party returned homewards, signalled them at night into line on each succeeding ridge. The cutting of this line commenced about March 10, 1844. The parties came in sight of each other for the first time on the 17th of April following, and the distance between the two lines, when abreast of each other, was measured about the 20th of April, making a period of forty-one days' cutting from the starting points. At the commencement the snow was four feet on the ground, and the rivers everywhere frozen over , but before it was concluded the snow had begun to melt away, and the rivers were running in tor- rents. Great difficulty vpas found in keeping up the communications and supplies of provisions. Carrying loads through the woods : under favourable circumstances the men could not make more on an average than eight to ten miles a day. At one period on this line a party of labourers sent with provisions could not make more than four to five miles through the soft and melting sucv, in which snow-shoes were worse than useless. Further operations were pretty much suspended until the beginning of June, when strong parties of labourers, directed by nor, commissioned officers of the Sappers and Miners, were sent to cut out the whole line thirty feet wide, clearing a way in the centre, of about eight feet wide, but leaving the other part with the stumps breast- high, and the trees as they had fallen. The.ie parties were guided in their cittings by the marks which had been set up on the ri'lge" at no verv great distances apart from each other. When the line had been thus cut out from end to end, a transit instrument was sent through it, adjusting correctly all the station-poles, and insuring the straightness of the line beyond all doubt. This having been finally accomplished, the next proceeding of the astronomical parties was to run another straight line, but of shorter length (be'ng not quite twenty miles), between the North-West Branch station and a point on the South- West Branch of the River St. John, where the stream was intersected by the parallel of 46" '2o' of north latitude. In June Captain Pipon prot^-'^ded up the South- West Branch, and after one or III 'I THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 125 two trial latitudes, took up a position within a few seconds of the true point, which was afterwards determined from it accurately by measurement. Interchan^res of chronometers were made in the usual way between this station and that at the North-West Branch end. The communication (though rather circuitous by water) was made from end to end direct, that is, without any intermediate station. Three trips of the chronometers were made each way. With the difference of the longitude thus determined, and the absolute latitudes, the direction of the line from each station was computed, and it was proceeded with to be cut and run much in the same way as the longer line had been. It was not, however, quite so successfully done, the lines proving, when they were abreast of each other, to be 576 feet apart — a quantity denoting an error of one- half second of time in the determination of the difference of longitude of the two ex- tremities. As this had been obtained so much more directly than in the preceding case, too much confidence was placed in the result given by the trips of the chronometers, and it would have been better had a greater numbei of them taken place. This error was divided proportionally to the distances each party had cut from their starting points ; the marks set up at the intermediate stations shifted; the line adjusted, cut out thirty feet wide with eight feet clear in the centre, and was finally tested by sending a transit instrument through from end to end. At the beginning of September, 1844, these operations were all completed, and the next step in the order of proceedings was to obtain a difference of longitude be- between the station at the North- West Branch and Quebec. The actual distance in a straight line from one to the other was something more than sixty miles. The communication was by land, and the road of the worst description for the transmis- sion of chronometers : they could not escape being very much shaken ; the time of absence on their journey to and fro would necessarily be of some duration ; and any very accurate result by the usual plan of interchanges could scarcely be expected. Signals from an intermediate hill were therefore adopted. At all times the latter plan is the simplest and most accurate way of determining a difference of longitude, and would have been adopted before, had any opportunity of doing so presented itself. From the top of a hill a little more than a mile distant from the North- West Branch station, a range of hills could be seen about twenty miles off, in the direction of Que- bec. This it was conjectured, and rightly, would be seen also from Quebec. Captain Pipon and his party, therefore, leaving the woods, proceeded to Quebec, and estiiblished his trjinsit instrument at a station on the Plains of Abraham, from whence there was the best view in the required direction. The transit instrument at the North-West Branch, and chronometers, were removed to the Lake Hill station. Serjeant McGuckin, of the Royal Sappers and Miners, with a party of labourers to assist him, was sent to one of the most conspicuous hills on the range, taking with him a tent, pro\isions, a supply of gunpowder, rockets, pulleys, rope, &c. This whole range was coveied to the summit with a dense mass of forest. From the Lake Hill a lieliostat was kept at times reflecting to the hill selected, as a guide to Serjeant McGuckin in choosing the right one. Havino; arrived at the hill, and ascertiined by climbing, that ho could see back to the Lake Hill, and forward in the direction of Quebec, the labourers were set to work to make a clearing on the to]), leaving one tree in the centre, from which the flashes were to be fired. These were thus managed ; — The leaves and branches of the tree which were in the way were cut off; a small pulley, with an endless rope through it and reaching to the ground, was attached to s 2 126 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF one of the top branches ; a piece of tin was rolled up so as to form a small conical cup, and attached with wire to the endless rope ; the charge, varying from a quarter to a half of a pound of gunpowder, was wrapped in a piece of paper and placed in the tin cup, with a certain length of touch-paper lianging out of it. The end of this being lighted, the tin cup was hoisted quickly by the rope to the top of the tree, where the charge exploded, and the cup was hauled down again. Serjeant McGuckin bad a pocket chronometer with him, by which he was directed to fire his charges, at ten-minute intervals, between 8 and 10 o'clock every evening, afier it was known that the Quebec party were ready to commence observations. As soon as this was known at the Lake Hill, a signal to that effect was made to him, and the flashing commenced. Previous to commencing with the flashes, two rockets were fired from the hill, and at the termination one or two more. It was found difficult to note the precise mo- ment of their bursting ; some were not seen, and no use was made of them in the calculations. Transits of stars were observed for time on the same night that the signals were made, and the ten-minute intervals allowed it to be done with but little interruption from them. vOn the night of the 23rd September (the first night), out of ♦'lirteen fired, ten flashes were observed and noted by both parties. From Quebec i "! distance must h^ive been fully forty miles, yet they were distinctly visible, even to the naked eye. The signals were repeated on five subsequent nights, with various success as to the numbers noted in common. Some of the nights the wind blew strong, and the charges exploded before reaching the top of the tree. In the course of six nights forty-six ( bservations in common were observed, and this number was deemed sufficient to give a good difference of longitude. Compared with what was obtained afterwards between other stations, the ranges on this occasion were great, but at that time they were thought by us very good. The observatory tent on the Lake Hill was much exposed, and the lights were not so well protected from the high winds as could have been desired, and had some effect, no doubt, on producing the high ranges. When the signalling was over, the experiment was tried of .sending the pocket chronometers for one trip, from the Lake Hill to Quebec and back. The time on their journey was four days and eight hours; the road travelled of the worst description. For mon .lan half the journey they were carried by a man on foot, the other portion in a cariole. The mean of the three chronometers thus sent gave a result differing by two and a half seconds of time from that obtained by the flashes. The same was tried by one interchange from Quebec to the Lake Hill and back, but that proved an entire failure, and no more trials were made. On tlie 21st October the Lake Hill party left the woods with the intention of [)ro- cecding to Montreal and forming a station there, to be connected with that at Quebec by the usual interchanges of chronometers. Passing out of the woods by the way of St. Thoma-s, the party arrived at Montreal on the last day of Octdbcr- Winter had now commenced ; the ground was covered with snow, rendering it ditlicult to select a good spot on whicli to set up the instrument*, and as the naviga- tion between Miinlreal and (Jiicbec generally ekisos in the montli of Novemlier, it was no*, probable tlipt the two stations could be coniiecled before the coininuiiii'atiou was broken up. The field operations for the year IH44, so far as the astronomical parlies were concerned, were therefore terminated. mil ■m- THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 127 At Quebec, however, where a good and substantial observatory had been set up, observations for absolute longitude, by lunar transits and mon culminating stars, continued to be made through the winter, whenever opportunities oftisred. From June 1843 to the end of October 1844, the astronomical parties had been engaged, with only the intermission of part of the month of February and part of the month of May, in the constant prosecution of their particular duties. From the im- practicable nature of the country, the bad communications, and the necessarily rough means of transport by small boats and canoes on the rivers, and men's backs in the woods, some damages and breakages could not be prevented to our instruments. One mountain barometer and three of the smaller (Gay Lussao) barometers were by this time broken. One of the box chronometers (31 Heyes) had suffered, and it was desirable to ex- change it for another. No. 3001 pocket chrono.Tieter had failed entirely about this lime. An improvement in one of the transit instruments was desirable, and some other repairs to the smaller instruments were required. There were no means of ef- fccting these in this country. The winter afforded a favourable o],portunity of getting all set to rights again and ready for the next year's operations ; and, havinj:? obtained leave, they iv(>r j taken to England by me in December 1844, and brought back to Montreal ,,i time for the recommencement of obsen-ations at the first opening of the navigation of the St. Lawrence. This was the 28th of April, 1845. Pursuing the plan of operations, of connecting the eastern with the western termi- nation of the Boundary by a chain of stations at moderate intervals apart from each other, a site was selected on St. Helen's Inland, opposite the city of Montreal. T«o stone pillars, standing upon good foundations, had, in the course of April, been pre- pared for the instruments, and observations and interchanges of thronometers with Quebec were inimedlately commenced. The distance between these two stations is the greatest in our chain ; but the com- munication by the large steam-boats running on the St. Lawrence rendered it thii easiest, and the interval in lime among the shortest. Four interchanges were made by each party ; the results appeared very satisfactory, agreeing closer together than they did on any other occasion. M. s. The mean difference of longitude by four sets of Captain Pipon's chronometers was . . . . . . . 9 1 7 '80 Do. four sets of Ciiptain Robinson's was . . . . 9 J 7 '67 DiH'eroiice 013 The distance was the greatest, the time of absence was the same as soi 3 of tli(^ others ; but the transport or carriage of the clrronometers was the easiest of all the stations. These interchanges occupied the month of May. The Quebec party then moved up to St. Uegis, the western termination of tlio Boundary Durinsr the interval of establishing^ the observatory there, the opportunity was taken of making interchanges with Major Graham, of the United Slates' Topograpliioal Engineers, who had taken up a ])osition (for astronomical observations) on the Boun- dary at Rouse's Point, on Lake Chaniplain. Three trips of chronometers were made from St. Helen's to Rouse's Point and back, and four of IMiijnr (Jraham's from Rouse's Point to St. Helen's and back. Aj^f 128 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OP The St. Regis party being by this time ready, interchanges between it and St. Helen's commenced ; four journeys of the chronometers each way were made in the usual manner. This completed the junction of the Grand Falls by differences of longitudes with St Regis. There appearing a very favourable hill for connecting St. Regis with Rouse's Point by sighuls, it was suggssted by Captain Pipon to do so, and carried into effect very successfully. M. s. By observations made on five nights, during which eighty-two flashes were observed in common, the difference in longitude was made to be 5 13-24 By transmission of chronometers between St. Helen's and St. Regis, and St. Helen's and Rouse's Point, the difference of longitude was made to be 5 13-12 Difference . . 012 A difference of only twelve-hundredths of a second of time, showing how very accurately the transmission of chronometers would give a difference of longitude when the communications were easy. In July the party at St. Helen's broke up, and moved to a point on the Boundary Line vvhere it crossed the Lake Memphramagog on its eastern shore, the object being to determine its latitude and the difference of longitude between it and Rouse's Point. A high mountain in Vermont, called Jay Peak, situated intermediately and a little to the south of the line, afforded a very favourable opportunity of connecting the stations 'oy signals. The distance between the two stations was in a straight line about fifty-six miles. Corporal Forbes, of the Royal Sappers and Miners, was sent with a party of labourers, and encamped near the top of the hill from which the signals were to be made. The hill was high, and bare of wood at its summit; no clearing or especial con- trivancR was necessary. He was supplied with a chronometer watch to regulate his times of firing. The charges varied from a quarter to one.third of a pound of gunpowder, fired from the surface of a piece of flat board. At first the intervals between the flashes were fired at ten minutes, beginning at 9 and ending at 1 1 p. m. . but were changed to three-minute intervals, and firrd bei»een half.pust 8 and half-past 9 p.m. ; and the observations for time (whiih it was always desirable to have on the same evening) were made when the signalling wa: over. The flashes were fired only on fine nights, and could be distinctly seen from both stations. In the course of six nights' signals, eighty flashes were observed in common. Corporal Forbes's party was relieved on the lOth of August, and was succc^eded by an American party, who continued the signals in the same manner; but the in- terval between the flashes was reduced to about two minutes, and the time of sig- nalling to between 8 and 9 p.m. Whilst the signalling was in progress between the station at Lake Memphramagog and Rouse's Point, Lieutenant Thom, of the United States' Topographical Engineers, took up a station for astronomical observations on the Boundary at Richford, about :i THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 139 twenty-four miles distant from Lalce Mempiiramagog and tliirty-two miles from Rouse's Point. The Jay Peak could be seen from his station, and the signals made from it an- swered for the three parties. In the course of six nights' observations, ninety-five flaslies were observed in com- mon with Richford, and the difference of longitude obtained by the whole was ira. 53-723. M. S. . 1 5411 . 1 53-33 The highest result of any one night's observations was The lowest 0-78 The range Between Lake Memphramagog and Rouse's Point, by eighty flashes and six nights' observations, the dilTerence of longitude was made 4m. 35°08s. M. 8. The highest result of any one night's observations was . . 4 85*55 The lowest 4 34-50 01-05 The range Between St. Regis and Rouse's Point, the mean of eighty-two flashes, observed on five nights, gave a dift'erence of longitude of 5m. 13-24s. The highest result of any one night's observations was The lowest M. 8. . 5 13-64 . 5 12-75 The range . . 0-89 For the sake of experiment, and testing the result by transmissions of chrono- meters, one trip was made from Lake Memphramagog to Rouse's Point and back, and one to Richford and back. By the signals. Rouse's Point was west One trip of three pocket chronometers gave it M. . 4 . 4 a. 35-08 35-55 . 0-47 . 1 . 1 53 72 54-65 . 0-93 Difl'erence By signals, Richford was west One trip, three pocket chronometers gave it . Difference These results agreeing so well were considered highly satisfactory. From tiie commencement of observations at the Grand Falls, to their conclusion at Lake Memphramagog, observations for absolute longitude by lunar transits and moon culminating sta.. i were made at every station, whenever a favourable opportu- nity ofl'ercd. Thirty-nine lunar transits were obtained at Quebec alone ; thirty-nine were obtained at the stations east of Quebec ; and twenty-one at stations west of Quebec -. in all ninety-nine observations. These have all been corrected for lunar errors by data received from Greenwich. Referring them all by means of the ascertained difference? of longitude to the one station at Quebec, an absolute longitude for Q uebec has been icrived from a mean of ninety-nine observations of transits of the moo. I's bright limb. The result given by them is, that the iuii(jliadc of the astronomical station at Que- w 'Mil 130 NAUHATIVE OK THE 8UKVEY OF bcc is 4'' 44' 42 ' v.est from Greenwich. From this and the known differences of longitude between it and each of the other stations, their absolute longitudes are determined, and given in the accompanying abstract. This result for Quebec differs by several seconds from the determinations of other observers, and it will be advisiible, therefore, on our return to England, to have the calculations all carefully examined or rccalcuiauul. It may then probably become necessary to add a certain fixed quantity to each of the determinations given in the abstract. The observations at Lake Memphramagog occui)ied all August and part of Sep- tember 1845. It was next intended that Major Graham should connect a station at Canaan Corner (the eastern extremity of tlie Boundary following the 45th [larallel of latitude) with the Lake Memphramagog; but, being detailed longer than was expected at Rouse's Point, the intention was not carried out. This terminated the astronomical observations and labours in the field of the oflficers on the British Commission. The party broke up and moved from Lake Memphra- magog early in October 1845, and proceeded to join the other members of the Com- mission, who had preceded them to Washington in the United States, where the time since has been occupied in examining the observations, revising the calculations, and in making out fair copies of the whole, to accompany the plans and reports of the Commissioners. (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Capt. R.E. Note The observations and calculations for the absolute longitudes were, upon the return of the Commission to England, submitted for the examination and opinion of M.-. Airy, the Astronomer Royal at Greenwich, who, after a careful consideration and a recalculation of the lunar transits with evcy improved data that could be supplied by the Observatory at Greenwich, determined the result of the absolute lon- gitude of the astronomical station at Quebec to be 4'' 44' 43'91" west; there- fore a correction of 1-91'' of time, or 28 '65" of arc, must be added to every absolute longitude in the General Abstract attached to this Report London, April II, 1847. (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Capt. R.E., Bt. Major. Note. — It should be borne in mind, whilst considering the performances of the chronometers, as shown by the accompanying Tables, that perhaps on no expedition were chronometers more severely tried than on this of the Boundary Commission. They were necessarily kept in tents or log-huts heated by stoves ; they were exposed to the extreme heat and cold of a Canadian climate ; and were constantly being moved from one station to another. Whenever the opportunity offered, they were carried by water, but frequently they had journeys to make by land, and were con- veyed in the carriages of the country over very bad roads, and sometimes they were carried by hand through the woods. W. R. 11 THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 131 SiDKBEAL Chronometer, Parkinson and Frodsham, No. 2277 (Box Chronometer) used as standard. Station. Date. Greenwich . On passage out Grand Falls, New July Brunswick. Mouth of River Aug. St. Francis. Ditto .... Sept. Ditto . . . .[Oct. Forks of Saint Nov. John. I Ditto . . . .Dec. 1843 April , April , Ditto N. W. Branch Ditto . . . Ditto . . . Ditto . . , Lake Hill . Ditto Saint Helen Island, near Montreal. Ditto . . , , Ditto .... Lake Memphra magog. Ditto .... 1844 Jan. March July , Aug. , Sept. , Sept. . Oct. 1845 May , June July Aug. Sept. Ha Range dur tea. ing montli. From To 8. +01 8. —11 —000 — 289 —0-99 -250 —0-54 +008 —124 —1-82 -0-80 —4-57 —005 —0-58 + 107 +007 +033 —0-46 — 0'86 +2-38 +2-57 +2-81 + 1-40 —063 -1-60 — 288 — 344 —1-69 — 030 +036 +0-41 —1-30 —1-82 —210 — 1-95 —0-84 —1-98 —367 Average or mean of Hates determined during the month. 8. —05 -157 -166 —149 —Ml -0-40 —263 —2-28 —217 —076 +003 +0-21 +0-37 —0-94 —1-27 -0-21 +0-40 +0-41 +0-08 —216 Remarks. On board steamer " Hi- bernia." Chronometer kept in a tent. Kept in a hole in the ground made under the floor of the observatory. A great change in the temperature this month. Subject these months to greatand sudden changes of temperature, varying from 60 ' of Fahr. to some unknown quantity below — 19% at which point the mercury was in the bulb. I On 9th January, slopped at I winding up, Im. 165. April, May, and June, no observations for time ; en- [ gaged tracing and cutting out the 64- mile line. Moved to a new station. Changed the rate from gain to lo.ss. Operations for the season terminated in October. ' Not used as standard during I these three months. I Temperature very great, I part of June and July. Kept in a tent (under ! ground). Operations in the field; observ'itions terminated _ in September, 1845. VOL, I. 183 NARRATIVE OF iiiE SURVEY OF Sidereal Chronometer No. 51, Heyes (Box Chronometer). Rates. Average or mean of Rates determined during tlie month. Station. Date. Range during month. Rrmarks. From To 1843 B. s. S. Greenwich . . April . _53 —33 40 Rated at the Royal Ob- servatory. On board the " Hibemia " Atlantic Ocean . Apiu . ... ... — 365 steamer. Grand Falls, New July . — 277 —7-50 -411 Observations for time com- Brunswick. menced this month. Mouth of River Aug. . -3 74 _6-74 —4-48 \ St. Francis. " Kept under ground in ob- Ditto . . . . Sept. . — 359 —5-82 —475 servatory tent. Ditto . , . . Oct. . -412 -^•62 —4-82 . Kept in a log-hut heated by stove. The varia- Forks, River St. Nov. . -960 —478 —6-28 tions of temperature dur- John. ing these three months Ditto .... Dec. . -896 —5-88 —717 were uudden and great ; the thermometer varying from 60' during the day to some unknown quan. titybelow-19=of Fahr. 1844 Ditto .... Jan. . —912 —4-05 —6-88 , at night. February, no observations for time. N. W. Branch . Mar jh . —6-77 —3-31 —477 April, May, and June, no Ditto .... July . —2-59 -580 —410 observations for time ; Ditto . . . .j Aug. . -343 —5-54 -4-40 engaged running and Ditto .... Sept, . —314 —509 —438 cutting out the 64.mile line, &c. Lake Hill. , . Sept. . -5-96 —4-80 —5-32 Removed to Lake Hill, 19th September. Ditto .... 1 1 Oct. . -610 —4-55 -5-17 Operations in the field closed for the season, October, 1844. On the 21st of October, the chronometers were taken from the Lake Hill to St. Thomas, and from thence to Quebec and Montreal. This chronometer beat 130 times to the minuto ; on which account, and its large rate. Captain Robinson took it to England with liira in December, 1844, and exchanged it for Sidereal Chrono- meter No. 943. (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Captain Royal Engineers. m THE NORTH AMERICAN B0UND.4RY. 133 Chronometer No. 943, Molynbux (Sidereal Box Chronometer). Rates. Averase or nean of Ratci 1 Station. Date. Range during month. determined during the month. RCMARKB. 1 From To No. 943 was brought from England in April, 1845, in exchange for 51, 1845 8. 8. 8. Heyes. St. Helen's Is- May . +003 — 145 -073 Jsed as standard chrono- land, Montreal.! 1 meter for these three months. Ditto . . . .June . _130 —256 —213 [n July the temperature in- creased considerably, and the chronometer rate in- Ditto .... July . +013 —5.23 _3-30 ! i creased with it. Lake Memphra- Aug. . —2-86 -1201 —7-60 Kept under ground under the floor of a tent magog. Ditto .... Sept. . —1410 -7-55 —1010 The temperature during these months was very high. Operations in the field and 1 observations terminated ' September, 1845. Pocket Ch RONOMEI BR No, 3147, BY MoLYNEUX. 1843 Royal Observa- April . • •• ... + 1-3 tory, Green- wich. Atlantic Ocean . April . ... ... —014 On board steamer " Hi- bernia." Grand Falls, New Brunswick. Mouth, River St. Francis. Ditto .... July . Aug. . +0-34 -233 -116 — 146 -0-23 -173 Travelling repeatedly from one station to another for determining differ- Sept. . —205 —0-02 — 087 ence of longitude. Ditto .... Oct. . +0-38 -3-52 _1-81 Forks, River St. Nov. . -3-7 _l-64 -2-85 -J Exposed to great variations John. [ of temperature these Ditto .... Dec. . 1844 —238 —314 -2 74 J months. Ditto .... Jan. . — 199 +011 — 086 Ditto, and travelling for N. W. Branch . March . -1-78 +204 +077 difference of longitude. Ditto .... July . —018 -3-05 —106 Ditto .... Aug. . —2-70 —Oil -1-53 Ditto .... Sept. . —0 43 -112 -0-84 Removed to Lake Hill, Lake Hill. . Sept. . +0-27 1 +4-67 +263 19th September. Ditto . . . Oct. . 1845 +017 -107 -045 St. Helen's Is- May +219 —1-61 +051 Travelling constantly for land. difference of longitude. Ditto . . . June -0-44 +084 +042 Ditto. Lake Memphra- magog. Ditto . . . Aug. Sept. + 1 15 —098 —1-38 +2-65 — 030 -j +0-38 J Kept under ground under tioor of tent. f 134 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OP Pocket Chronometer No. 3091, bv Molynkux. Rates. Average or mean of Ratei 1 Station. Date. Range during month. determined during the month. Rbmarks. From To I 1843 B. B. B. Royal Observa- April . • .. ... —21 Removed from Greenwich, tory, Green- 16th April. wich. On passage out . April . ... ... +07 On board steamer " Hi- 1 bemia." New Brunswick, July . +096 + 226 + 1-53 \ Grand Falls. | Mouth of St. Aug. . +026 + 080 +0-58 Travelling constantly to and fro for determining Ditto .... Sept. +035 + 1'62 +099 difference of longitude. Ditto . . . .Oct. . + 1-35 —1214 -2-29 / Forks of St. Nov. . Jonn ... • •• /■ During these four months this watch slopped when- Ditto . . . .Dec. . ... • •• < ever exposed to the cold, and no dependence could 1844 Ditto . . . .Jan. . N. W. Branch .March. ... ... be placed upon its rates. As long as kept warm, it would go, but not other- wise. Ditto . . . .July . + 1109 + 1181 + 1150 Ditto .... Aug. . -f20 75 + 174 + 1109 Ditto . . . .Sept. . + 1097 -11-23 + 11-22 Removed to Lake Hill, 19th September. f Stopped several times dur. ing these two months without apparent cause. Lake Hill . . Sept. . ,, , ... It was taken by Captain Robinson to Eng and. Ditto .... Oct. . • ■• ... < in the winter of 1844, and placed in the maker's hands for examination. k. 1845 St Helen's Is- land. Ditto .... May . -023 —499 —2-19 June . -1-82 +072 —015 Lake Memphra- m'irrr\tr Aug. . —2-91 -193 -2-42 Ditto . . . Sept. .. +0.52 ' — 0-85 -0-09 M i THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 135 Pocket Chronombter No. 2187, Arnold. Rates. Average or Station. Date. 1 J— Range during month. ' determined during the month. RiMARKK. From To 1843 8. i 8. 1 8. Royal Observa- April . ... 1 _ 2-4 tory, Green- wich. t On passage out . April . ... ... — 21 On board steamer " Hi- bemia." New Brunswick, July . _043 - 1-91 — 1-34 \ Grand Falls. Mouth of St. Francis. Ditto . . . . Aug. . — 188 — 0-71 — 120 Travelling constantly to and fro for determining Sept. . — 092 — 4-50 — 234 difference of longitude. Ditto . . . . Oct. . — 380 — 0-43 - 2-42 , Kept in a log-hut warmed Forks of St. John Nov. . +2896 — 3 94 + 827 with stove. Tempera- Ditto . . . . Dec. . 1844 — 407 _ 5-90 — 4-70 < ture varying frequently from 60" in the day down to some unknown quan- tity below— 19^ Fahr. Ditto . . . . Jan. . _ 1-87 + 0-52 — 0-85 at night. February, no observations for time. N. W. Branch . March. - 086 — 721 — 2-77 April, May, and June, Ditto . . . . July . + 3-54 + 5-30 + 4-29 1844, no observations Ditto . . . . Aug. . + 350 + 708 + 516 for time ; engaged run- ning and cutting out the 64-mile line, &c. Ditto . . . . Sept. . -f 5-63 + 655 + 615 Removed to Lake Hill, Lake Hill . . Sept. . 1845 + 10-88 + 1357 + 1249 19th September. Operations in the field closed for the season in St Helen's Is- May . + 1006 — 0-43 + 4 65 October, 1844. land, Mon- Recommenced May, 1845. treal. 1 Ditto . . . . June . — 099 + 3-54 + 113 Lake Memphra- Aug. . '— 033 + 4-29 + 1-82 magog. Ditto . . , . Sept . - 115 + 480 + 2-69 Operations in the field, and observations termi- nated, Sept. 1845. (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Captain Royal Engineers. 136 NARRATIVK OF THE SURVEY OF Observations for DifTerence of Longitude between the Astronomical Station at Rouse's Point, under charge of Major J. D. Omham, United States' Topographical Engineers, nnd the Astronomical Station on the east shore of Lake Mcmphramugog, in Standstead, Canada East, under charge of Captain Robinson, Royal Engineers, made upon flashes of gunpowder fired from the top of Jay Peak, in the south-west part of the Township of Jay in the State of Vermont, August, 184.'5. Signals made on Auoust 1, between 9h. and 11 h., at 10 Minutbs' Intkrvals. Name of Station. Lake Mcmphramagog Rouse's I'oint . . Lake Merophramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Chrono- meters' Nm. 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 Lake Memphramagog' 2277 Rouse's Point . . .1 2557 Flaahes obseived. H. H. 8. 18 13 250 18 2 2115 18 23 36-5 18 12 325 18 43 280 18 32 240 19 3 320 18 52 27 7 19 13 32-5 19 2 280 Erron of Chronometers oi\ Sidereal Time oi' Stations. 19 24 19 13 90 4 3 19 33 37 19 22 32-4 19 43 34 19 32 300 19 53 41 5 19 42 37 H. Fast 10 ., 3 » 10 ,. 3 ,. 10 ,. 3 „ 10 ,. 3 ., 10 „ 3 „ 10 ,, 3 „ 10 „ 3 „ 10 » 3 ,. 10 ,, 3 True Sidereal Time of Observation. S. 1218 435 I 1218 4d'5 I 1218 43'5 I 1218 43'5 I 1218 435 1218 435 1218 435 1218 4:y5 1218 435 H. M. 8. 18 3 12-82 17 58 3800 18 13 24-32 18 8 4900 18 33 15-82 18 28 40-50 18 53 19-82 18 48 44-20 19 3 20-32 18 58 44-50 19 13 56-82 19 9 20-80 19 23 24-82 19 18 48-90 19 33 21-82 19 28 46-5 19 43 29-32 19 38 53-50 DIffkrence of Longitude. M. B. 4 34-82 4 35-32 4 35-32 4 35-62 4 35-82 4 36-02 4 35-92 4 35-32 4 35-82 9) 49-98 Mean difference of longitude obtained on August 1=4 35-55 Signals made on August 3, between 8^ h. and 9A h., at 3 Minutes' 1 Intervals. -■'§ Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 2557 17 40 80 17 '^9 2-7 Fast 10 14.80 17 29 53.20 „ 3 4412 17 23 18-58 4 34-62 1 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 17 4j 15-5 17 n 10-2 „ 10 14-80 17 33 0-70 „ 3 44-12 17 28 2608 4 34 62 1 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 17 46 7-0 17 33 20 „ 10 14-80' 17 35 32-20 „ 3 44-12 17 31 17-88 4 34-32 1 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 17 49 9-0 17 38 4-1 „ 10 1480 17 38 34-20 „ 3 4412 17 34 19 98 4 34-22 1 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2,'J57 17 52 90 17 41 4-0 „ 10 1480 17 41 34-20 .. 3 4412 17 37 1988 4 34 -.32 1 Carried forward . 22-10 THR NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 187 i ; Name of Station. Chrono- meters' No.. FUshet obacrvx'il. Ktrnrinf Chronometers nn Sidereal Time of Stationi. True Sidereal Diflkrence Time of of Observation. Longitude. I^ake Momphrainagog Rouge'i Point , . . 2277 2557 17 55 17 44 9-5 4-2 M. 8. Fast 10 14-80 „ 3 44-12 H. M. 8. M. 8. Bro>. forward 22- 10 17 44 54-7 j . »..fl„ 17 40 20 08 * ^ ®2 Lake Mcmphramagog' 2277 Rouse'i Point . . . 2557 17 58 17 47 8-0 30 „ 10 14-80l 17 47 53-20 „ 3 44 12 17 43 18-88 4 34-32 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 2557 18 1 17 W 70 20 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 4412 17 50 52-20 17 46 17-88 4 34 32 Lake Memptiramagogi 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 2557 18 4 17 53 6-0 0-7 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 4412 17 53 51-20 17 49 16-58 4 34-62 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 18 7 17 50 100 4-7 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 44 12 17 56 55-20 17 52 20-58 4 34-62 Lake Mcmphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 18 10 17 59 11-5 6-0 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 44 12 17 59 56-70 17 55 21-88 4 34-82 Lake Mcmphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 18 13 18 2 11-5 6-4 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 44-12 18 2 56-70 17 58 22-28 4 34-42 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 18 16 18 5 13-5 8-4 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 44 12 18 5 58-70 18 1 24-28 4 34-42 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 2557 18 19 17-0 18 8 11-7 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 4412 18 9 2-20 18 4 27-58 4 34-62 Lake Mcmphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 9A57 18 22 18 11 19-5 14-2 „ 10 14-80 „ 3 44.12 18 12 4-70 18 7 3008 4 34-62 15) 67-50 Mean dilTerence of longitude obtained on August 3s>4 34-50 I i 'A Signals made on August 5 17 59 2557 17 48 2277 18 2 2557 17 51 2277 2557 18 5 17 54 Lake Memphramagog| 2277 Rouse's Point . . . '" Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Mcmphramagog Rouse's Point 2277 I 18 8 2557 17 57 18 II 2557 18 [ I Lake Memphramagog 2277 i 18 14 Rouse's Point . . .j 25.''/ I 18 3 Lake Memphramagog' 2277 18 17 Rouse's Point . . .\ 2557 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . ' OJ^r.? Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 2557 2277 2557 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lnkc Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 2277 2557 18 6 18 21 18 9 18 23 18 12 18 27 18 16 18 30 18 19 58-0 56-5 55 54-5 520 51-4 54-6 529 53-5 52 550 53-5 56-5 55-7 0-5 59-5 58-5 57-5 1-5 0-6 8 7 from 8^ h. to 9^ h. I Past 10 11-991 17 49 4601 3 45-54' 17 45 10-96 10 11-99 17 52 43-01 3 45-54 17 48 8-96 10 11-99 17 55 4001 3 4554 17 51 586 10 11-99 17 58 42-01 3 45-54 17 54 7-36 10 11-99 18 1 41-51 3 45.54 17 57 6 46 10 11-99, 18 3 45-54^ 18 10 11-99 3 45-54! 18 18 4 43-01 7-96 7 44-51 3 10-16 10 11-99, 18 10 48-51 3 45-54 18 6 1396 10 11.99' 18 13 46-51 3 45-54 18 9 1 1 96 10 11-99 18 16 49-51 3 45-54 18 12 1506 10 11-99 18 19 56 01 3 45-54 18 15 21-46 4 35-05 4 34 05 4 3415 4 34-65 4 35-05 4 35 05 4 34-35 4 34-55 4 34-55 4 34-45 4 34-55 11) 50-45 Mean difference of longitude obtained on August 5 = 4 34-59 138 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Signals made Auorsi 2 .845, from 8li. to 9li., at 2 Minutes' Imkrvals. '■Ml Name and Station. Lake Memphramagog Route's Point . . .; Lake Memphramagog Rouse's v'oint . . .i Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphn magog Rouse's Point . . .! Lake Memphramagog' Rouse's Point . . .. Lake Memphramagog' Rouse's Point . . .1 Lake Memphramagog! Rouse's Point . . .\ Lake Memphramagog! Rou.e's Point . . .1 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . .' Lake Memphramagog' Rouse's Point . . .' Lake Memphramagog! Rouse's Point . . .! Lake Memphramagog House's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . .1 chiono- roete.i' Nos. 2277 2557 2277 25.^.7 2277 255? 22/7 25'^- 5^77 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 observed. 18 25 120 18 14 160 18 36 10-0 18 25 138 18 40 325 18 29 36 18 47 2-5 '8 36 6 1 18 49 130 18 38 170 18 51 23-5 18 40 27-7 18 53 34 18 42 37-5 18 55 44-5 18 44 48-6 18 57 550 18 46 59 2 19 5-5 18 49 9-5 19 2 150 18 51 191 19 4 27 18 53 30-5 19 6 38-5 18 55 42-6 19 8 48 18 57 51 5 Errorbof I True Sidereal Chronometers on Time of Sidereal Time of observation. Stations. I M. Fast 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 o 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 s. 2112 5993 21 12 5993 2112 59-98 2112' 5993 2112 5993 2112 5993 21 12 59-93 21-12 50-93 21-12 59-93 2112 5Si)3 2112 59-23 21 12 5993 21 12 59 93 21-12 59-93, H. M. 18 14 IS 10 18 25 18 21 18 30 18 25 18 36 18 32 18 38 18 34 18 41 18 C8 18 43 18 38 18 45 18 40 18 47 18 42 18 49 18 45 18 51 18 47 18 54 18 49 18 56 18 51 18 58 18 53 s. 50-88 1607 48-88 1387 11-88 36-07 41-38 617 51-88 17-07 2-38 27-77 1?. :8 37-57 23 38 48-67 33-88 59-27 44-38 9-57 53-88 1917 5-88 30-57 17-38 42-67 26-88 51-57 DifTerenre of Longituue. M. B. 4 3431 4 35-01 u 4 35-31 i 1 4 35 21 4 34-81 J 4 34-61 -4 4 35-31 :■: i 4 34-71 '': 4 34-61 ■ 4 34-81 .i 4 34-71 ;: 4 35-31 ■': 4 34-71 ■1 4 35-31 1 14) 69-24 Mean diflerence of longitude obtained on August 24 =4 34 95 :■'!:; Signals made on August 26, 1845, fro.Ti 8h. to 9ii. 'T" 1!! Lake Memphramagog I Rouse's Point . . J Lake Melnp^ramagog Rouse's Point . . .! Lake Mcmphiamagog Rouse's Poin' . . .' Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake rtiemphrni.nagog Rouse's Point . . 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 2277 ; 18 2557 I 18 38 44-0 27 49-8 40 52-8 2P 08 8 43 40 32 11-4 47 26-2 36 32-0 49 38-7 38 44-3 Fast 10 20-91 „ 4 2-04 „ 10 20 91: „ 4 204 „ 1020-91' „ 4 204| „ 10 20-91' „ 4 204' „ 10 20-91 ' „ 4 2-04 18 28 23-09 18 23 47 76 4 35 33 18 30 31-6. 18 25 56-70 4 35-13 18 3-j 43-09 18 28 7-62 4 35-47 18 37 5 29 18 32 29 96 4 35-33 18 39 17-79 18 m 42-26 4 35 53 Carried forward . 26 -79 ! m THE NORTH AMCRICAN BOUNDARY. 139 Name and Statioi^. Chrono- meters' Nos. Flashes observed. Errors of Chronompterson Sidereal Time of Stations. True Sidereal Time of Observation. Difference of Longitude. Lake Memphratnagog Rouse's Point . , . 2277 2557 H. M. S. 18 51 492 18 40 55 Fast M. S. 10 2091 4 204 H. M. 8. Bro'. forward let 41 28-29 18 36 52-96 M. 8. 26-79 4 35-33 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . '2557 18 53 58 5 18 43 4 4 10 20-91 4 2-04 18 43 37-59 18 39 2-36 4 35-23 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 18 56 76 18 54 13-3 10 20-91 4 204 18 45 46-69 18 41 11-26 4 35-43 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 28.8 18 49 34-5 10 20-91 4 204 18 50 7-89 18 45 32-46 4 £5-43 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 "^ 38-6 18 51 44-3 10 20 91 4 2-04 18 52 17-69 18 47 42-26 4 35-43 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2-277 2557 19 4 49-7 18 53 554 10 20-91 4 2-04 18 34 28-79 18 49 53-36 4 35-43 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 6 59 2 18 56 4-9 " 10 W^l 4 >*-04 18 56 38-29 18 52 2-86 4 35-43 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 9 90 18 58 14-6 •' 10 20-91 4 204 18 38 48-09 18 34 12-56 4 35-43 Lake Mem- ' .niagog Rouse's Po. 2277 2557 19 11 192 19 24-8 10 20-91 4 204 19 58-29 18 36 22-76 4 35-53 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 13 28 7 19 2 34 3 10 2091 4 2-04 19 3 7-79 18 58 32-26 4 35-53 15) 81 -09 Mean difference of longitude obtained on August 26= 4 35-41 Signals made on August ?8, ISi.**, from 8 h. to 9 h. Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Poirt . . Lake Mempliramagog Rouse's Point . . Lake Memphramiigog Rouse's Point . . Lake IV< mphramagog' Rouse's Point . . .1 Lake Mempliramagog Rouse's I'oint . . .: Lake Memphramagog' Rouse's Point . . .j Lake Mempliramagog' Rouse's Point . . .j Lake Memphramagog] Rouse's Point . . .| Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . vol.. I. 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 227-' 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2557 2277 2.557 2277 2557 2277 2557 18 45 18 34 6-2 13-0 18 47 16-4 18 36 23-4 18 49 26-8 18 38 a3-5 18 51 39-2 18 40 46-0 18 56 18 45 1-6 8-6 18 58 18 47 13-0 19-7 19 24-8 18 49 320 19 7 18 rta 00 7-0 19 9 18 58 12-7 19-5 19 11 24-2 19 31-3 Fast 10 » 4 » 10 „ 4 ,, 10 ,, 4 ,, 10 ,, 4 „ 10 „ 4 „ 10 „ 4 „ 10 „ 4 „ 10 ,, 4 ,. 10 „ 4 „ 10 ., 4 2109 351 2109 3-51 '21-09' 3-51 1 21-09^ 3-31 j 2r09 3-51 j 2109' 3-51 j 2109 3-51 21-09 3 51 1 21-09' 3 5l! 2109' 35li 18 34 4511 I 18 30 9-42 18 36 55-31 18 32 I9-89 i 18 39 5-71 ' 19 34 29 99 18 41 8-11 18 36 42-49 18 45 40-51 18 41 3-09 18 47 51-91 18 43 16 19 18 50 3-71 18 45 28-49 18 56 38-9' 18 52 3-49 18 58 51 -6i 18 54 15-99 19 1 3-11 18 56 27-79 4 35-62 4 33-42 4 35-72 4 35-62 4 35-42 4 35-72 4 35-22 4 35-42 4 35-62 4 35-!« Carried forward 55-10 140 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Name of Station, Chrono- meters' Nos. Flashes observed. Krrors of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Stations. True Sidercnl Time of Observation. Difference of Longitude. Lake Memphiatnagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 H. M. 8. 19 13 360 19 2 42-8 M. 8. Fast 10 21 09 „ 4 3-51 H. M. 8. Bro'. forward 19 3 14-91 18 58 39-29 M. 8. 55-10 4 35-62 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Rouse's Point . . . 2557 19 15 48 G 19 4 55-5 „ 10 2109 „ 4 351 19 5 27-51 19 51-99 4 35 52 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 18 05 19 7 7-4 „ 10 21 09 19 7 3941 „ 4 3-51 19 3 3-89 4 35-52 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 20 12 4 19 9 19-5 „ 10 2109 19 9 51-31 „ 4 351 19 5 15-99 4 35-32 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 21 23-2 19 11 30-3 „ 10 21-09 19 12 2-11 „ 4 3-51 19 7 26-79 4 35-32 Lake Memphramagog Rouse's Point . . . 2277 2557 19 24 350 19 13 420 „ 10 21-09 „ 4 S-51 19 14 1391 19 9 38-49 4 35-42 16) 87-82 Mean difference of longitude obtained on August 28 = 4 35-49 ABSTRACT OF FOREGOING. August 1, difference of longitude by means of 9 flashos *^t if tt '' j» 28, „ ,1 16 „ M. 8. . . 4 35-55 . . 4 34-50 . . 4 JM-59 . . 4 34-95 . . 4 35-41 . . 4 35-49 6) 30-49 Difference of longitude by a mean of 6 nights' observations =4 3508 (Signed) VVM. ROBINSON, Captain Royal Engineers. t m * $i. THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 141 Times of Observations of the Signals made at Jay Mountain for deter- mining tlie Difference of Longitude between Captain Robinson's As- tronomical Station at L' ke Meni])lH'amagog and tliat of Lieutenant Thoni, United States' Topographical Engineers, at Richford. Signals made on Auoust 24, 1845, by Flashss of Gunpowder fired at about 2 Minutes' Intervals, from 8h. to 9h., Approximate Solar Time. Name of Station. Ciirono- meters' Nos. Flashes observed. Error? of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Statioi.. True Sidereal Tims of Observation. Difference of Longi- tude. Lake Meraphramagog Richford* . . . . 2277 2419 1582 H. M. 8. 18 25 120 18 12 57 2 •34 M. 8. Fast 10 21-12 H. M. S. 18 14 50-88 18 12 57 27 M. 8. 1 53 61 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 18 27 25-0 18 15"ib-02 „ 10 21-12 18 17 3-88 18 15 10-20 1 53-68 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 18 34 0-8 18 21 45-10 44-69 „ 10 2112 18 23 38-88 18 21 44 90 1 53-98 Lake Mempliramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 18 36 100 18 23 55 20 •39 „ 10 2112 18 25 48-88 18 23 15-29 1 33 39 • Lake Memphramagog Ricliford . . • . 2277 2119 1582 18 38 20-5 18 26 6-30 •59 „ 10 2112 18 27 5938 18 26 6-44 1 32-94 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1382 18 40 32-5 18 28 17-40 •85 „ 10 2112 18 30 11-38 18 28 17-62 1 33-76 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 18 42 420 18 30 27-20 •30 „ 10 2112 18 32 20-88 18 30 27-23 1 53-63 Lake Memphramagog Ricliford . . . . 2277 2419 1382 18 44 523 18 32 37-80 •60 „ 10 21-12 18 34 31-38 18 32 37-70 1 33-68 Lake Memphramagog Richford .... 2277 2419 1582 18 47 25 18 34 47-60 •91 „ 10 2112 18 36 41-38 18 34 47-73 1 33 63 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 18 49 130 18 36 38^30 •37 „ 10 2112 18 38 51-88 18 .'36 58-43 I 53-43 Lake Mempliramagog Richford .... 2277 2419 1582 18 51 235 18 39 910 •03 „ 10 2P12 18 41 2-38 18 39 9-06 1 33-32 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 24\9 1582 18 53 34 18 41 14-90 •19 „ 10 2112 18 43 12-88 18 41 19-29 1 53-39 Carried forward 42 86 *• At Richford, the flashes were observed on two chronometers. The mean of the two is used. — W. R. V 2 w 14-2 NAUUATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF :m Nai. eof Station. Chrono- meters' i i Nos. ' Flashes observed. H. M. 8. Lake Memphramagog 2277 > 18 55 44*5 Richford 2419 18 43 30-20 1582 •14 Lake Memphramagog 2277 j 18 57 55-0 Richford .... 2419 18 45 4090 1582 80 19 5-5 18 47 50-90 51-05 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .2419 I 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 j 19 2 15 Richford .... 2419 I 18 50 100 : 1582 -21 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford .... 2419 ' 1582 Lakt Richfbri -lagog 2277 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford 19 4 27 18 52 11-80 •90 19 6 385 2419 j 18 54 2390 1582 I -92 19 8 48-0 18 56 33-10 -29 2419 1582 Errors of xnie Sidereal Chronometers on I Time of Sidereal Time ofl observation. Station. M. 8. H. M. S. Bro'. forward Fast 10 21-12 18 45 23-38 j 18 43 30-!7 „ 10 21-12 18 47 33-88 18 45 40-85 „ 10 2112 „ 10 21-12 „ 10 21-12 18 49 44-38 18 47 50-97 18 51 53-88 18 50 1-10 18 54 5-88 18 52 11-88 10 21-12 18 56 17-38 18 54 23-91 10 21-12 18 58 26-88 18 56 33-19 Difference of Longi- tude. M. 8. 42 86 1 53 21 1 5303 1 53-41 1 52-78 1 54-00 1 53-47 1 53 69 19) 604'> Mean difference of longitude on August 24, by 19 observations = 1 53-50 Signals made on August 26, 184i5, from Sli. to 9li., p.m., Approxi- mate Solar Time. Lake Memphramagog Rich' jrd ... Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford .... 2-277 ! 18 38 44-0 2419 I 18 26 29-27 1582 I -12 2277 i 18 40 52-8 2419 ; 18 28 38-47 1582 ! -27 2277 18 43 4 2419 18 30 49-27 1582 I -71 2-277 18 45 14-8 2419 18 33 0-20 1582 j -29 2277 ; 18 47 26-2 2419 i 18 35 11-67 1582 i -05 2277 ! 18 49 38-7 2419 18 37 23 77 1582 I -71 2277 I 18 51 49-2 2419 I 18 39 .'14 67 1582 -;«) Fast 10 2091 „ 10 20-91 „ 10 20-91 „ 10 20-91 „ 10 2091 18 28 23-09 18 26 29-19 18 30 31 -89 18 28 38-37 18 32 43 09 18 30 49-49 18 34 53-89 18 33 0-24 18 37 5-29 18 35 11-36 1 53-90 1 53 52 1 53-60 1 53 65 1 53 93 10 2091 18 39 17-79 I 18 37 2.')-74 1 54-05 „ 10 2091 18 41 28-29 18 39 34-51 1 53 78 I Carried forward 26 43 THE NORTH AMKKICAN UOUNDAUY 143 Name of station. Chrono- \ meters' i No8. Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford .... 2-119 1582 Flashes obseived. i Errors of iChroiioineterson |Siilere,il Time of Citation. II. M. 8. M. B. 18 53 58-5 Fast 10 20-91 18 41 43-77 42 Lake Memphramagog 2277 i 18 58 18-5 Richford .... 2419 18 46 367 True Sidereal DifTerciice Time of of Liiiit^i- Observation, tude. -I II. M. S. ! M. S. Bro'. forward 26 43 18 43 37-59 j 18 41 43-59 i 1 3400 1582 •93 10 20-91; 18 47 57-39! 18 46 3-80 1 53-79 Lake Memphramagog 2277 i 19 28-8 Richford .... 2419 i 19 48 13-17 I 1582 I -38 Lake Memphramagog 2277 19 2 38 6 Richford 2419 18 50 24-0 ■07 Lake Memphramagog 2277 | 19 4 49-7 Richford .... 2419 18 52 3487 , 1382 ! 33-19 Lake Memphramagog 2277 19 6 59-2 Richford .... 2419 18 54 44-57 1 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 19 9 9 Richford .... 2419 , 18 56 44-47 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 ' 19 11 19-2 18 50 7-89 ': 18 48 13-27 i 1 54-62 „ 10 20-91 „ 10 2091 „ 10 20-91 „ 10 20-91 „ 10 2091 i 18 38 4809 18 52 17-69 ! 18 50 24-00 1 53-69 18 34 28-79 18 32 35-03 I 1 53-66 i 18 56 38-29 i 18 34 44-37 1 1 33-72 Richford . 2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . 18 59 4-57 -36 19 13 28-57 . 2419 : 19 1 13 87 1582 -81 „ 10 20-91 19 58-29 18 39 4-46 „ 10 20-91 18 36 34-47 ; 1 53 62 1 53-83 19 3 7-79 19 1 13-84 1 33-93 16) 61-31 Mean difference of longitude on August 26, by 16 observations ~ \ 3383 Signals made on August 28, 1845, from 8 li. to 9 li., Approximate Solar Time. Lake Memphramagog; 2277 Richford . . . .2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .' 2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford ... .1 2419 I 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .1 2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2-277 Richford ... .1 2419 ' 1582 18 43 6-2 18 32 51-36 -67 18 47 16-4 18 35 1 -46 203 18 49 26-8 18 37 11 -76 12-29 18 51 30-2 18 39 L4-36 -89 18 36 1 -6 18 43 40-86 47-10 Fast 10 21-09 18 34 4311 1 18 32 31-31 „ 10 21-09 18 36 55-31 I 18 35 1-74 „ 10 2109 18 39 5-71 18 37 12-03 „ 10 21-09 18 41 18-11 18 39 24-61 10 21-09 18 45 40-51 18 43 47-01 Carried forward 1 53-60 1 33-37 1 33-68 1 53-30 I 33-50 17-a'i ;!'.:-:; 144 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Name of Station. Chrono- meters' Nos. Lake Memphramagog llicliford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .2419 I 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford .... 2419 I 1582 Lake Memphramagog' 2277 Richford . . . .2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog' 2277 Richford ... .1 2419 I 1582 Lake Merajihraraagog 2277 Richford . . . .2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford 2419 j 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford .... 2419 1582 Errors of Flashes Chronometers on observed. Siclercal Time of Station. II. M. S. M. S. H. M. S. Bro'. forward 18 58 13-0 jFast 10 21-09 18 47 51-91 True Sidereal Time of Observation. Difference of Longi- tude. Lake Memphramagog^ 2277 Richford . . . 18 45 57-86 I 58-62 ! 19 24-8 I 13 48 9-76 10-18 19 7 00 18 54 45-26 19 9 12 7 ; 18 56 57-66 58-42 19 11 24-2 : 18 59 9-56 •98 19 13 36-0 ■ 19 1 2115 ■ ■54 19 15 48-6 i 19 3 33-86 t 19 18 0-5 19 5 45-76 -86 10 22 23-2 19 10 8-26 10 21-09 18 45 58-24 18 50 3-71 18 48 9-97 10 21-09 18 56 38-91 18 54 45-26 10 21-09 10 21-09 10 21-09 10 2109 18 58 51-61 18 56 58-04 19 1 311 18 59 9-77 19 3 14-91 19 1 21-34 19 5 27-51 19 3 33-86 M. R. 17-85 1 53-67 1 53-74 1 53 65 1 53-57 1 53-34 1 53-57 1 53-65 10 21 09 19 24 350 2419 I 19 12 20-26 1582 -94 10 21 09 19 7 39-41 19 5 45-81 1 53-60 19 12 2-11 19 10 8-26 1 53-85 19 14 13-91 19 12 20-60 1 53-31 15) 53-80 Mean difference of longitude on August 28, by 15 obsurvations = 1 53-58 Signals made on August 29, 184.5, between 8li. and 9li., Appro.xi- MATii Solar Time. Lake Memphramagog 2277 19 9 56-8 ,Fast 10 21-10 18 59 35-70 Ricliford 2419 18 57 41-70 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .2419 I 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .2419 1582 Lake Memphramagog i 2277 Richford . . . .1 2419 1582 -59 19 14 20-2 19 2 4-70 5-11 19 16 31-30 19 4 16-20 •37 19 20 54 4 19 8 3C'0 -19 18 57 41-64 1 54-06 „ 10 21-10 19 3 59-1 I 19 2 4-90! 1 54-20 „ 10 21-10 19 6 10-20 1 19 4 16-28 j 1 53-92 „ 10 21-10 19 10 33-3 ' 19 8 39-14 I 1 54-10 Carried forward 16-34 i THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 145 Name of Station. Chrono- meters' N08. Flashes observed. Errors of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Station. True Sidereal Time of Observation. DifTcrcnce of I.onKi- tude. Lnke Memphraniagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 H. M. 8. 19 23 5 8 19 10 50-60 •45 M. 8. Fast 10 2 1 10 H. M. B. Bro*. forward 19 12 44-7 19 10 50-52 M. S. 16-34 1 54-18 Lake Meraphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 19 25 176 19 13 2-40 301 „ 10 2110 19 14 565 19 13 270 1 53 80 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 19 27 295 19 15 1410 •17 „ 10 21 10 19 17 8-4 19 15 1413 1 54-27 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 19 29 404 19 17 24-90 25-03 „ 10 2110 19 19 19-3 19 17 24-97 1 54-33 8) 32-92 Mean difference of longilude on August 29, by 8 observations = 1 54-11 Signals made on September 8, 1845, from 8 h. to 9h., Approximate Solar Time. Lake Memphramagog 2277 10 29 33 6 Fast 10 14-84 Richford .... Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Riciiford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 2277 2419 1582 10 29 33 6 19 17 24-86 -83 19 31 45-8 19 19 37-15 •19 19 33 568 19 21 4815 •15 19 36 105 9.9 24 0-95 •81 19 38 220 19 26 13-15 -27 19 40 33-5 19 28 2475 •71 19 42 45-2 19 30 36-55 -69 Lake Memphramagog' 2277 i 19 44 56-4 Richford ... .1 2419 i 19 32 47-55 1582 j -35 Lake Memphramagog 2277 | 19 47 90 Ricnford ... .1 2419 19 ii5 0-55 1582 Lake Memphramagog! 2277 Richford . . . .'2419 i 1582 •31 19 49 202 19 37 11-25 -66 10 1484 10 14-84 10 14-84 19 19 18-76 19 17 24-84 19 21 30-96 19 19 37-17 19 23 41 96 19 21 48-15 19 25 55-66 19 24 0-88 10 14-84' 19 28 7-16 19 26 13-21 10 14-84 10 14-84 10 14-84 19 30 18-66 18 28 24-73 19 32 .SO -36 19 30 36-62 19 34 41-16 19 32 47-45 10 14-84 19 36 5416 19 35 043 10 14-84 19 39 5-36 I 19 37 11-45 1 53-92 1 53-79 1 53 81 1 54-78 1 53-95 1 53-93 1 53-74 1 54-11 1 5373 1 53'91 Carried forward 39-67 146 NAUKTIVI': OF TFIK SliHVKY OF' Name of Station. Chrnno- inttors' Nos. Klinhcs obsvrvcil. Errori of Chnmoiiu'turson Siilcreal Time of Station. True Siilereal Time of Obacrvatiun. nifttTcni'c of I.cmKi- tudu. L-ike Mempliramaffog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 H. M. 8. 19 51 325 19 39 23-85 •83 M. 8. Fast 10 14-84 H. M. S. Bro'. forward 19 41 1766 19 39 23^84 M. 8. 39 67 1 5382 Lake Mcmphramagoi; Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 19 53 44-.^ 19 41 35 25 29 „ 10 1484 19 43 29-36 19 41 35-27 1 34-09 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2247 2419 1582 19 55 56-7 19 43 4795 •75 „ 10 1484 19 45 41-86 19 43 47-85 1 34 01 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 19 58 85 19 45 5975 •21 „ 10 1484 19 47 53-66 19 45 59-48 1 54-18 Lake Mempliramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 20-8 19 48 11 75 •57 „ 10 14-84 19 50 5-96 19 48 11-66 1 54-30 La'-" Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 2 31 19 50 22-35 •73 „ 10 1484 19 52 16-16 19 50 22-54 1 3362 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 4 442 19 52 3505 •29 „ 10 14-84 19 54 29-36 19 52 3517 1 54-19 Liike Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 6 560 19 54 4705 46-95 „ 10 14-84 19 56 41 16 19 54 47-00 1 54-16 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 9 88 19 57 02 „ 10 14-84 19 58 53-96 19 57 02 1 53-94 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 11 20-8 19 59 11-75 „ 10 14-84 20 1 5-96 19 59 11-75 1 54-21 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 20 8-8 20 8 005 7 59-89 „ 10 14-84 20 9 53-96 20 7 59-97 1 53 99 Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . 2277 2419 1582 20 22 21 20 10 12-35 •29 „ 10 14-84 20 12 6-16 20 10 12-32 1 5384 22) 88^02 Mean difference of longitude on September 8, by 22 observations = 1 54 00 Signals made on September 16, 1845, from 8 li. to 9 h., Approxi- mate Solar Time. Lake Memphramagog 2277 20 29^7 jFast 9 45^66 Richford 2419 ! 19 48 5075 1582 Lake Memphramagog 2277 Richford . . . .2419 1 1582 20 •40 4 45-4 19 53 6-3(i -52 9 43-66 19 50 44 04 19 48 50-57 19 54 59-74 19 33 6-44 ' I 53-.10 1 53-47 Carried forward 6-'T THE NORTH AMEUICAN BOUNDARY. 147 Name of Station. Chrono- meters' Nos. Lake Memphramagog Richford .... Lake Memphratnagog Richford .... Lake Memphramagog Richford .... Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford .... Lake Memphramagog Richford .... Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Lake Memphramagog Richford . . . . Fliuhes observed. H. M. S. 2277 20 6 533 2419 ; 19 55 1445 1582 -65 2277 20 9 15 2419 19 57 22-35 1582 I 30 2277 20 II 9-4 2419 I 19 59 3025 1582 -34 2277 ! 20 13 170 2419 I 20 1 38-25 1582 -20 2277 I 20 15 24 8 2419 20 3 45-95 1582 j 46 04 2277 I 20 17 32-8 2419 , 20 5 53-85 1582 ! 54-00 2277 ' 20 19 14-2 2419 20 8 205 1582 I -34 2277 I 20 LI 49-5 2419 i PJ 10 10-55 1582 ! -49 2277 20 26 6-8 241!/ 20 14 27-75 1582 28-10 2277 20 32 32-3 2419 20 20 53-25 1582 , -35 2277 I 20 34 40-8 2419 I 20 23 1-45 1582 -50 2277 20 36 49-40 2419 20 25 10-35 1582 j 2277 ! 20 38 57-60 2419 20 27 18 45 Errors of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Station. M. 8. Fast 9 45-6S True Sidereal Time of Observation. DifTcrenee of Loll^i- tude. 1582 ■50 9 45-66 n. M. s, I M. s Bro'. forward 6-77 19 57 7-64 19 55 14 55 19 59 15-84 19 57 22-32 9 4566 20 1 23-74 19 59 30-29 9 45 66 9 45-66 9 45-66 20 3 31 -34 20 1 38-22 20 5 39-14 20 3 4600 20 7 47-14 20 5 53-92 9 4566 20 9 55 54 20 8 2-19 9 45-66 20 12 3-84 20 10 10-52 9 45-66 20 16 21 14 20 14 27 93 9 45-66! 20 22 46 64 20 20 53-30 9 45-66 1 53-09 1 53-52 1 5345 1 53-12 1 53-14 1 5322 1 53-35 1 53-32 1 53-21 1 53-34 9 45-66 9 45-66 20 24 55-14 20 23 1-47 1 53 67 20 27 3-74 20 25 10-35 20 29 11-94 20 27 18-47 1 53-39 1 53-47 15) 5006 Mean difference of longitude on September 16, by 15 observations = 1 53-33 VOL. I. 148 NARRATIVK OK THE SURVKY OK ABSTRACT OF FOREGOING. 26. 16 28. 13 29. 8 September 8, 22 16, 15 August 24, mean result of 10 corresponding observations I 33-30 " „ „ I 5383 I 53-38 I 54-11 1 5400 6) 22-35 Mean of the above 6 sets, comprising 93 observations = 1 33'72 Ricliford Station, west of Lalie Mcmphramagog Station . . I 53-72 (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Captain, Royal Engineers. Abstract of differences of Longitude determined by Captain Robinson and Lieutenant Pipon of the Royal Engineers, employed on the North American Boundary, under the Treaty of Washington ; in the years 1843, 1844, and 1845. 10. 11. 12 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. M. S. Between Grand Falls and Little Falls (or Miiduwaska) on the River St. John, New Brunswick 2 19*18 Grand Falls and due North Line run by Major Graham from the monu- ment at the source of the St. Croix River. By triangulution . . 9-60 Grand Falls and the Boundary Line at its junction with the St. John River. By triangulation 11*76 Little Falls (or Madawaska) and the River St. Francis . . . 2 20-43 Mouth of the River St. Francis and the outlet of the Lake Pohenagamook 1 17-47 Mouth of the River St. Francis and the mouth of the Great Black River 2 11*34 Mouth of the Great Black River and the forks of the River St. John . 1 4214 Forks of the River St. John and the North- West Branch Station. By measurement 28'47 North- West Branch Station and the South- West Branch point in 46° 25 of latitude 14*30 North- West Branch Station and Lake Hill. By triangulation . . 69 Lake Hill and Quebec, determined by signals 4 4632 Astronomical Station, Quebec, and flag-staff, N.E. bastion of citadel. By triangulation 3-38 Astronomical Station, Quebec, and Protestant Cathedral, Quebec . 2-95 Astronomical Station, Quebec, and Catholic Cathedral, Quebec . 2'85 Quebec and St. Helen's Island 9 17-73 St. Helen's Island and Protestant Cathedral, Montreal. By triangulation 5*35 St. Helen's Island and Catholic Cathedral, Montreal. By triangulation 3*66 St. Helen's Island and St. Regis 4 29*15 St. Helen's Island and Rouse's Point 4409 Rouse's Point and Lake Memphramagog. By signals . . , 4 35 08 Lake Memphramagog and Richford. By signals .... 1 53-72 (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Captain, Royal Enyineers. !i : ■ THK NORTH AMKIUCAN HOUNUAKV. 14!) 28 47 14-30 -69 4 46 32 338 2-95 2-85 9 17-73 5-35 3-66 4 29-15 44-09 4 35 08 1 33-72 ers. Generai, Ahstract of Latitudes and Longitudes of Stations, deter- mined by Captain Robinson and Lieutenant Pipon, of the Royal Engineers, employed on the Nortb Americiin Boundary, under the Treaty of Washington ; in the years 1843, 1844, and 1845. ^orth I.Ititude. o 47 2 30 47 2 55 47 3 36 47 3 38 47 21 30 Nam KB OF Stations. Weat Longitude. Time. 47 10 37 47 27 33 46 36 35 46 56 57 46 34 38 46 41 45 Astronomical Station at the Grand Falls, New Brunswicic .... Custcgan's Inn at the Grand Falls, 505 feet north, and 330 cast uf Astronomical Sta- tion Due North Line run by Major Graham,: from the Monument at the St. Croix! River at its junction with the St. Johnj River '> Boundary Line near Grand Falls, at its; junction with the River St. John . . ; Astronomical Station at the Little Falls of the River St. John, and near the mouthj of the Madawaska River The station was 80 feet north and 70| feet east of the Blockhouse at Madawaskaj River. i Astronomical Station near the mouth of j River St. Francis . . . .' ! The Station was 130 feet south and 52, I feet west of Hammond's Bam. | (Astronomical Station at outlet of Lake Po-i henagamook The large iron monument marking the boundary was placed 66 feet north and 68 feet west nearly of station. Astronomical Station at mouth of Great Black River .... Centre of Island at ditto, 200 feet north and 530 feet east of Astronomical Station Astronomical Sbition 1 mile north of the forks of the River St. John . The Station was about 1 mile north of the actual fork of the river, and 441 feet from the water's edge, at the south-east' extremity of the 10-mile (by Treaty; Line. Astronomical Station at the north-west branch of the River St. John The Station was 166 feet from the north-west extremity of the 10-mile Treaty Line. The large iron monu- ment at this point, to mark the end of the 64-mile straight line drawn from the outlet of Lake Pohenagamook, was placed close to where the instrument stood. H. M. s. 4 30 47-22 4 30 46-89 4 30 56-82 4 30 58-98 4 33 6-40 4 35 26-83 4 36 44-30 4 37 38-17 4 37 37-64 4 39 20-31 4 39 48-78 Arc. 67 41 483 67 41 43 3 67 44 12 3 67 44 44-7 68 16 36 68 31 42-4 69 11 4-5 69 24 32-5 69 24 24-6 69 50 4-6 69 57 11-7 X 2 ^m i ■ ■) '1 1 100 NARRATIVE OF THE StrRVEY OF Wnt Longitude. North Namm or Stationr. Latitude. TlniB. Arc. o / // H. M. 8. « / // 46 42 15 Astronomical Station on the top of Lake Hill 4 39 55 68 69 58 55 46 24 53 Astronomical Station on the south-west branch of the River St. iTohn 4 40 4 94 70 1 14 46 25 Large iron monument marking the 46° 25' Point by Treaty, on the south-west branch of Rivur St. John .... 4 40 308 70 46 46 48 5 Astronomical Station, Plains of Abraham, Quebec 4 44 4200 71 10 30 46 48 26 Flag-stalf, north-east bastion of the Citadel . 4 44 38-62 71 9 39-3 46 48 4U Protestant Cathedral, Quebec . 4 44 39-15 71 9 47 46 48 43 Catholic Cathedral, Quebec . 4 44 39 05 71 9 45 43 28 Astronomical Station, Lake Memphramagog Station 338 feet porth-west of the barn on Blackader's farm. 4 48 40-56 72 10 8 45 18 Iron monument on the Boundary Line, I0I9 feet due south of the Astronomical Station 4 48 40-56 72 10 8 Riehford Station. Station of Lieutenant Thom, United States' Topographical En- jfineer'} 4 50 34-28 72 38 34 45 28 Astronomical Station, Rouse's Point. Sta- i tion of Major Graham, United States' Toj)ographical Engineers Latitude of Fort determined by Major 4 53 15-64 73 18 54 Graham. 45° 0' 27". 45 30 53 Astronomical Station, St. Helen's Island, Montreal 4 53 59-73 73 2f Station 294 feet south and 445 feet west of the Barony House. 45 30 26 Protestant Cathedra , Montreal 4 54 5-28 73 31 19 45 30 21 Catholic Cathedral, Montreal . 4 54 5-39 73 31 21 44 59 59 Boundary Line, 4 Miles from Russeltown. Astronomical Station, 1422 feet west of the monument on the road crossing the Line near John McCoy's house. 44 59 35 Boundary Line, Trout River. Astronomical Station, 122 feet south and 226 feet east of monument on east bank of river. 44 59 58i Astronomical Station, St. Regis 4 58 28-88 74 57 13 45 14 Large iron monument at the junction of the Boundary Line with the St. Lawrence River, 280 feet north and 186 feet east of Astronomical Station 4 58 28-71 74 37 10 (Signed) WM. ROBINSON, Captain, Royal Engineers. THK NORTH AMKKICAN IIOHN r)Alioned officers of the Rcyal Sappers and Miners, appointed to this duty, were ordered to proceed to America with the necessary instruments and chronometers, by the mail steamer " Hibernia," on the lOth April, 1843. The chronometers used on the expedition were selected by Professor Airy. They consisted of— Sidereal Box Chronometers. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Mean time Pocket Chronometers, Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. Heyes, 51 . , . . 1 day. Arnold, 341 .... ditto. Parkinson and Frodsham, 2277 . 2 days. Frodsham, 2 . . . . ditto. Arnold, 2111 .... 1 day. Arnold, 2187 .... ditto. Molyneux, 3091 . . . ditto. Molyneux, 3147 ... 2 days. Molyneux, 3148 . . . ditto. Molyneux, 3226 ... 1 day. Molyneux, 3227 . . . ditto. Of these, the four box chronometers belonged to the Admiralty; Nos. 2111, 2187, and 3091, belonged to the Foreign Office, and had been in use on former occasions ; Nos. 3147 and 3148 were purchased expressly for the expedition; and 3226 and 3227 were lent for the expedition. For some time previous to setting out, the chronometers were kept at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, for the purpose of being rated. Tbey were removed from the Observatory o» the 16th April, and carried down to the railway, and, on arrival in London, were conveyed by hackney-coach to the terminus of the Birmingham Railway ; from thence they were conveyed on the following morning to Liverpool. A shelf had been previously fitted up in one of the state-cabins of the " Hibernia" for their reception; and on the morning of the 19th, the day of departure, they were taken on board, and were wound up during the passage out by Captain Robinson. The box chronometers were kept ungymballed whilst on board. There were two days of very rough weather and heavy sea immediately after leaving Liverpool ; the rest of the passage out, with exception of one day off the coast of Newfoundland, was tolerably smooth. It had been intended that the party should have stopped at Halifax, and gone across by land to the Bay of Fundy, and from thence up the River St. John in New Brunswick, to the scene of operation ; but, with a view of avoiding the land-carriage for the chronometers, instructions were left at Halifax by Colonel Estcourt, directing the party to go on to Boston, and proceed from thence by another steamer to St. John's. g .MWlUc HaWSil MIW'WL W — iW I (f 152 NAUKATIVK OF THE SURVEY OF The steamer arrived in Boston on the 4tli of May ; tlio chrononieters were laiuli^d with great carp. On the 5th, C'piJtain Robinson and Lieutenant Pi[)on compared flie box chronometers with the sidereal clocii at Cambridge Observatory ; and on the following day the pocket chronometers were sent for comparisons to Mr. Bond, in Congress Street. Having thus obtained the errors of all the chionometers on the sidereal and mean time of Old Cambridge Observatory, and the longitude of Old Cambridge Observatory, deduced from a very great number of observations, being 4h. 44ra. 29Gs. west of Greenwich, by applying this quantity to the comparisons made, and balancing the results with the errors of the chronometers on leaving Greenwich, the average rates during the passage out have been ascertained. On Saturday evening, the 6th IMay, the chronometers were taken en board the " New Brunswick" steamer, which left this evening for St. John's, and „.iived there on the Monday. The party were detained for some time at St. Jolir's and Fredericton, waiting for the Waters caused by the melting of the snow to subside. The chronometers we>j regularly wound iji and compaied during this time; but there were no means of ascertaining their rates until after the arrival of Captain Robinson and Lieutenan' Pipon at th«.ir stations at the end of June. The whole passage from St. John's to the Grand Falls was made by water, they did not therefore receive any shock liable to affect them. Captain Robinson commenced his observations at the Grand Falls, and kept with him — Box Chronojieter Heyes, 51. Parkinson and Frodsham 2-277 (used as standard). Pocket CHRONOMETEiif?. Arnold 2187. Molyueux 3147. Molyncux 3091 . Lieutenant Pipon proceeded by wafer to the mouth of Mat'awaska River, taking with him the other chronometers, viz. : — Box Chrono.meters. Arnold 341 (used as standard). Frodsham 2. Pocket Chronometers. Molyneux 3148. Molyneux 3226. Molyneux ,'i227. Pocket chronometer Arnc'.cl 2111 was fourd to be quite useless; it frequently stopped after being wound up, and could not at all be depended on. No further mention is made of it in this report. After observing with the trnsit instruments for time, the pocket chninometers at both stations were tiansinitte(i from one to the other three times, after being compared with the standards, for the put pose of getting the dK.jrence of longitude between the stations. They were placed in their own boxes, which \.erc packed in one large box with horse-hair, &c. , and were conveyed from one station to another, in a flat-bottomed t)oat, or bateau. The chronometers, when not travelling, were kept in as cool a place as possible, and were all compared with the standard, diily. From the Grand Falls, Captain Robinson moved up to the mouth of the River St. Francis, and the same number of interchanges were made between St. Francis and Madawaska a.s had been made betwein Madawaska and the Grand Falls. After v >iich, Lieutenant Pipon moved up the St. Francis to the outlet of Lake Pohenaga- mook, from which station interchanges were made with Captain Robinson at the 3 THE NOKTH AMERICAN BOUNDAUY. 153 % mouth of the St. Francis. The only difference in the mode of conducting these interchanges from tliat described between the Grand Falls and Madawaska, was, that in this case baric canoes manned by Indians were used instead of bateaux. The naviijation of the river being more difficult, owing to rapids and shallow places, in all cases the chronometers were accompanied by a non-commissioned officer of the Royal Sappers and Miners, whose duty it was to wind them up when detained more than twenty-four houi-s between the stations. Along the St. Francis it was also necessary to carry them by hand par^ of the way, across portages which had been cut to avoid some of the wo;'st rapids. After completing the necessary observations at the outlet of Lake Pohenagamook, Lieutenant Pipon proceeded by canoe down the St. Francis, and up the St. John, to the mouth of the Great Black River, where another astronomical station was esta- blished. Similar interchanges of chronometers were carried on between Black River and St. Francis, as before described, after whicf- Captain Robinson removed from St. Francis, and passed up the St. John beyond Black River, to the Forks of the St. .John, at which place another astronomical station was established. The season had now become so far advanced that it was found .mpracticable to carry on the com- parisons in the same manner as heretofore. Lieutenant Pipe: sent his chronometers by water to Captain Robinson for that purpose, bu\ the weather coming on very severe, the men were obliged to abandon their boats be fore arriving at the Forks, and the chronometers were carried by hand the remainder of the distance to that station, where they were detained until the month of January, when, the river being sutHciently frozen over for sleighs to travel on it, the chronometers were conveyed from one station to the other on the ice. The general result of all these comparisons for difference of longitude was most satisfactory, as was proved by the accurate beo 'ng of the Sixty- Four Mile Trial Line, computed from these uiffen nces. But still it was found that some of the chronometers suffered severely from the extreme cold, par- ticularly chronometers 3227 and 3091 , which couid not be relied upon during the last interchanges between the Forks and the Great Black River. During the months of November, December, and January, the cold was most intense ; on several occasions at Black River and the Forks the mercury in the thermometers had shrunk within the bulb, and the degret of cold could not be noted. At this time the box chronometers were carefully packed np in a box with woollen and horse-hair and kept in the wooden houses which hud been put up for the officers, which were heated by stoves; and at Black River, when observing for time, they were not moved out, but the time was called and noted by one of the sappers remaining in the house which adjoined the observatory. Arnold 341, and Frodsliam 2. do not appear to have been sensibly affected by the cold, but Parkinson and Frndsham 2277, and Heyes 51, altered their rate considerably. Up to this time, the chroiioir.eters had been moved about with the greatest care, and without any accident or probability of any great shock. It was now, however, necessary to carry Lieutenant Pipon's chronometers out of the woods by a new road to St. Thomas, and to remove them from thence by land-carriage to Riviere du Loup and Lake Pohenagitmook.from whence the Trial Linj was to be run early in March. They were carried to St. Thomas by hand, and wcf" taken the remainder of the dis- tance by cariole over a very rough road ; fiioy do not seem, however, to have sufi'ered materially in consequence. Lieutenant Pipon's chronometers were carried with him along the Line as far as ho went, and were afterwards taken out, by hand, to St. Francis Bridge and to Rivioro du Lnup and St. Thomas, in a spring-waggon. They "•nwwsiwseiwjav^w**" ir 154 NAllUATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF were also carried by hand from St. Thomas to th» North-West Branch Station, at the end of May, 1844, to be in time for the commencement of operations at the South- West Branch. Tiiore were no means of ascertaining the rates of the chronometers during their journeys. Captain Robinson's chronometers had remained all this time at the North- West Branch. In June 1844 the tracing of the Sixty- Four Mile Line having been most satis- factorily completed, the astronomical parties reassembled at the North- West Branch, wlien Captain Robinson established his station, and Lieutenant Pipon proceeded by water with his chronometers and instruments down to the North- West Branch, and up ths South- West Branch to find the point required by Treaty, where the parallel of lati- tude 46° 25' intersects the South- West Branch. Having fixed, after three trials, upon a station near the required point, the pocket chronometers wore again used in determining the difference of longitude between Captain Robinson's and Lieutenant Pipon 's stations ; and, all the necessary observations being made and the calculations deduced, the South Line was cut out during the month of August, after which Lieutenant Pipon returned to the North-West Branch, and proceeded from thence to Quebec, to which point the astronomical stations hitherto observed from were to be referred. The chronometers were carried by hand to St. Thomas, as before, and in a spring-waggon from thence to Quebec. After which Lieutenant Pipon's chronometers received very little shaking, until the completion of the work. And from this date a more complete detail of their rates can be given. The length of time necessary to obtain interchanges of chronometers between Quebec and the North-West Branch, and the badness of the road which the chrono- meters would have to travel over, required that some other means should be adopted in obtaining the dirterence of longitude, and the system of observing signals simul- taneously was resorted to. For this purpose Captain Robinson moved his observatory to the top of a hill about two miles west of the North-West Branch Station (which he connected with it by friangulation), from which hill he could see the dividing range between the St. Lawrence and St. John waters. This range was also visible from the heights of Quebec, on a part of which, near the Plains of Abraham, Lieutenant Pipon's jstronomical station has been established. A party was sent under Serjeant M'Guckin, Royal Sappers and Miners, to select a convenient spot on the highest part of this range to fire flashes of gunpowder from ; he was provided with a pocket chronometer adji'sted to Quebec mean time, and was desired to fire flashes of gun- powder at ten minute intervals, commencing each evening at 8, and continuing until 10 p M. The quantity of gunpowder used for each flash varied from a quarter to half a pound. The hill from which the flashes were fired was nearly duo east of Quebec, and about forty miles distant ; being thickly wooded, and the party not being able to clear suflS- cicntly to see off the summit in both directions, a high platform was erected, am' <- contrivance «*.l^,t(l. . ip.ii)«pi)j(»j^|iip»ii,wiiju ,fm i"w ' 156 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF ilr 5 flashing was completed. The observations of these rockets were found to be not nearly so satisfactory as the flashes ; very few corresponding observations were made, and they are rejected in computation for difierence of longitude. On the last three nights of the flashing, the moon was exceedingly bright, but this was nnt found materially to increase the difliculty of observing the flashes, which could be seen in that clear atmosphere very distinctly with the naked eye, although the dis- tance of the hill (Lyon Mountain) on which they were fired was afterwards ascertained to be forty-three miles. The difference of longitude between Rouse's Point and a station on the 45th parallel near Lake Memphramagog, taken up by Captain Robinson, was afterwards obtained in a similar manner by observations of flashes fired from the top of a mountain called Jay Peak. The difference between Rouse's Point and a station on the 45th parallel at Richford, taken up by one of the American parties, and between Richford and Lake Memphra- magog, were found in the same manner. Comparisons of chronometers were made by the American astronomical parties between Rouse's Point and Albany, and again between Albany and Cnibridge Ob- servatory at Boston, by which means the whole of the astronomical stations along the Boundary and those of Quebec, St. Helen's, &c., are connected with Boston. A copy of the observations of flashes between Quebec and the hill near the North- West Branch, called Lake Hill, and of those between St. Regis and Rouse's Point, are appended to this report ; an'' also an abstracted account of the rates of the chro- nometers used by Lieutenant Pipon during the expedition, taken from the Book of Comparisons, in which the riites may be found rather more in detail, if required. March. 1846. (Signed) JOHN H. PIPON, Lieutenant, Royal Engineers. V my TH" NORTH AMERICAN HOUNUAKY. 157 Sidereal Box Chronometer Fhodsham 2. Rates. Average or 1 mean ot Rates Station. Date. Range during month. determineil during the month. Remarks. From To 1843 S. 8. 8. . At Greenwich Observatorv, Greenwich . . April .| + 0.4 — 17 —04 < from March 28 to April ( 15. + 1-95 On passage out | April &' May ... Madawaska . . My : +2-40 -2-24 Q.|g (Keptin block-house; never \ ' moved out. Ditto . . . . August —003 — 254 —1-51 ' Pohenagamooic . Sept. . + 1-63 — 185 +0-26 In camp. Black River . . Oct. • +210 —3-26 +004 Intent. Ditto . . . . Nov. . + 1-29 —1-30 +0-20 In log-hut. Ditto . . . . Dec. . 1844 Ditto . . . . Jan. . +0-53 — 4'85 —1-54 Ditto. South -West Branch July . — 0-74 —374 —1-44 j Sent with pocket chrono- meters for comparison. Quebec . . . Sept. . —1-54 -2-40 —1-88 In house. Ditto . . . . Oct. . —0 00 -344 —1-69 Warmed by stove. Ditto . . . . Nov. . —051 -600 —271 )9 Ditto . . . . Dec. . 1845 -0-64 -615 —349 »» Ditto . . . . Jan. . —1-35 — 6'85 —270 fl Ditto . . . . Feb. , —170 —9-24 —391 }* Ditto . . . . March +0-45 -4-38 —277 >f Ditto . . . . April . -0-20 —2-83 —190 -217 Sent to St. Helen's with Ditto . . . May . -0-72 —5-50 pocket chronometer for comparison for difference ! of longitude. St. Regis . . June . —010 — 7'68 —378 Ditto . . . July . + 1'08 —5-48 —2-88 Russeltown , August -364 —675 -516 j Sidereal Box Chronometer Arnold 341. (Standard.) I 1843 Greenwich . On passage out Madawaska . Ditto . . . Lake Pohena- gamook Ditto . . . Black River . April . April & May July August August .Sept, . Sept +00 —SO +034 +025 — I'SO —103 —1-89 -253 — 1-87 —22.5 -326 -225 ( Rate —077 < i froi (i 15. — 048 — 039 J —0-41 "1 —227 ) —2 22 } noted at Observatory •om March 28 to April Kept in block-house when not observing. Tem- perature very even. Kept in tent. In tent. 158 NAnR.\TIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Sidereal Box Chronometer 341 — continued. Station. Black River Ditto . . Ditto . . Ditto . . . South - West Branch (Quebec . . Ditto . . . Ditto . . . Ditto . . . Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ratrb, \vcrnge or m 'an of Hates Date. I Range during month. I ilutprmini'il From St. Regis . Ditto . . Russeltown 1843 Oct. . Nov. Dec. 1844 Jan. |july Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1845 Jan. I'Y'b. March April May June July August . +016 .1 —013 —078 +026 —004 +014 +001 —034 +0-20 +012 +012 + 1-39 +206 + 1-61 + 1-61 + 1 76 To during tlic mouth. Remahkh. —162 —0-84 —3-54 — 025 —0-83 — 1()6 +0 64 — 041 —0-84 -0-48 + 109 +094 +0-46 +0'88 +0-89 + 117 „.„ / In wooden house with stove. HoJS I ' Temperature in house „ *z ] i occasionally below zero, —183 —on — 0'51 -0-29 -031 -0-36 — 047 —009 + 0C1 + 1-36 + 120 + l'25 + M8 + I'5I Fahrenheit. In tent. The chronometers at Que- j bcc were kept in one of I the soldiers' rooms in the I cavalry barracks adjoin- ; ing the Observatory. The I temperature was gener- 1 ally tolerably even, but j the standard was exposed I to very severe cold when carried to the Observatory on nights that observa- ! tions were being made. At St. Hei.'is and Russel- town the chronometers were kept in camp, in a box buried underground, to protect them from the heat, which was very great. Mean Time Pocket Chronoaieter Molyneux 3148. Greenwich . . 1843 April . ... —17 On passage out . Madawaska . . April . July . —074 ... — 3'98 —259 —213 Ditto . . . . Lake Fohena- ) gamook Great Black River. Ditto . . . . Ditto . . . . August Sept. . Oct. . Nov. \ Dec. -069 — 184 — 153 — 369 — 4-48 — Il'82 —175 -3-55 —567 North - West ) Branch ij 1844 Jan. ) July . +0-28 — 5'28 -297 Quebec . . • Ditto . . . . Sept. . Oct. . —237 — 081 — 4'82 — 525 — 3f)6 1 -2-92 \ ; Rate, obtained from chro- I nometers. j Travelling frequently be- j tween astronomical sta- i tions. ; Ditto. Ditto. iAt Forks of the St John. 1 I ! Making interchanges. I i Kept perfectly still. THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 159 Mkan Time Pocket Chronometeb Molyneux 3148 — continued. Rates. Average or mean of Hates determined during the month. Stations. Date. Range during month. Remarks. From ■^0 1844 Quebec . . . Nov. . Ditto .... Dec. . 1845 Ditto . . . .Jan. . Ditto .... Feb. . Ditto .... March Ditto . . . .April . Ditto .... May . St. Regis . . . June . Ditto .... July . 8. —004 -027 —0-58 —1-07 + 1-35 —0-72 —0-17 +0-07 + 1-38 8. —10-30 —1000 —11-36 — 835 — 8-28 — 716 — 406 —10-05 — 4-27 S. -3-95 >| -4-80 -4-36 ' —4-13 —4-76 -366 , —2-53 —4-20 —1-56 Kept perfectly still. Travelling between Quebec 1 and Montreal. Ditto, St. Regis and Mon- treal. Mean Time Pocket Chbonometer Molyneux 322G. Greenwich . On passage out , Madawaska . Ditto . . . Pohenagamook , Black River . Ditto South . West Branch Quebec Ditto . Ditto . Ditto . Ditto . . Ditto . , Ditto . , Ditto . Ditto . , St. Regis . Ditto . . 1844 Jan. ) July . + 335 + 0-22 4- 2-96 + 2 43 + 4-93 + 315 1 + 3-83 + 2-82 + 9-09 + 8-53 . June + 10-31 + 1315 + 1508 + 16 09 + 1602 + 19-97 + 19-58 + 19-92 + 17 33 +22-97 ; +12-79 '+1237 + 12-45 + 8-72 + 14-27 + 12-79 + 1415 + 15-37 + 15-37 .July .! +15-96 4-8 4-50 1-81 2-62 3-78 3-29 + 8-71 + 11-64 + 12-92 + 1402 + 13-89 + 15 49 + 16-14 + 1688 + 16-84 + 16-52 + 11-77 +17-37 + 11-04 +12-75 Travelling between astrono- mical stations frequently. Ditto. At Forks of St. John. Travelling betweenstations. An Indian range with Ser- jeant McGuckin. At Quebec. Travelling between Quebec and Montreal. Ditto, between Montreal and St. Regis. 1-. i 160 narkative of thk survey of Mean Time Pocket Chronometer Molyneux 3227. Rates. Average or meanot Itates Station. Date. Range (luritiK month. determined Remarks. during the month. From To 1843 S. S. S. Greenwich . . April . ... -0-5 On passage out . April . ... ... Travelling frequently be- Madawaska . . July . + 3'46 +0-91 + 202 < tween astronomical sta- tions. Ditto . . . . August + 2'81 +000 + 1-35 Ditto. Pohenagamook . Sept. . + 8-97 +351 +551 Ditto. Black River . . Oct. . Nov. \ Dec. 1844 Jan. j + 8'87 ... +629 + 729 Ditto. At Forks of St. John. South - West Branch July . + 606 _2-18 +360 Travelling between stations. Quebec . . . Sept. . + 1-65 —1-89 —014 Ditto . . . . Oct. . + 3-46 +037 + 1-54 Ditto . . . . Nov. . + 7'96 +2-92 +4-72 Ditto . . . . Dec. . 1846 + 9-96 +3-31 +5-75 Ditto . . . . Jan. . + 7-72 +394 +5'80 Ditto . . . . Feb. . + 12-66 +4-33 + 7-02 Ditto . . . . March + 714 + 1-50 +5-70 LJitto . . . . April . + 611 —1-43 +371 Ditto . . . . May . + 5-00 +2-61 +391 St. Regis . . . June . + 7-31 +319 +4-90 Ditto . . . . July . + 6'06 +731 +668 1 With Corporal Bastard on Lyon Mountain. (Signed) J. H. PIPON, Lieutenant, Royal Engineers, m THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 161 Observations for Difference of Longitude between the Astronomical Stations at Quebec and Lake Hill, near North-West Branch, by flaslies of gunpowder fired on the top of an internacdiate hill. Name of Station. Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Date, Hour and Minute. Flaaheii observed. 1844. H. M. I H. Sept. 23, 8 20 fl »» 8 10 20 20 l» »» 8 20 20 20 »» 11 8 30 20 20 it ») 8 40 20 20 n »» 9 21 21 >» »» 9 10 21 21 >• >» 920 21 21 >» »1 9 30 21 21 »> »» 9 40 21 21 »» »t 9 30 21 22 M. S. 6 58 19 30 17 34 20 14-3 27 56 29 36-5 3G 39-5 39 31 48 14-1 30 44-5 7 22-3 9 53 IG 553 19 27 27 21 29 52 36 442 39 13-3 47 2-5 49 33-5 58 43-5 I 14 Errors of DiHtTPncc Chronometers on Sidereal Time of „f Sidereal Time of Observation. Loncitude Station. S. 11 -53 fast 5-29 slow 11-53 fast 529 slow 11 -53 fast 5-29 slow 11-53 fast 5-29 slow 11 -53 fast 3-29 slow 11 -33 fast 2 3-29 slow 11-33 fast 3-29 slow 11-53 fast 5-29 slow 1 1 -53 fast 5-29 slow 11 -53 fast 5-29 slow 11 -53 fast 5-29 slow 2 2 2 2 2 H. M. 20 6 20 11 20 17 20 22 20 26 20 31 20 30 20 41 20 48 20 32 21 7 21 11 21 16 21 21 21 27 21 31 21 36 21 41 21 46 21 51 21 38 22 3 s. 46-47 35-29 22-47 19-79 34 07 41-79 47-97 36-29 2-57 49-79 10-77 38 29 43-97 32-29 9 46 57-29 32-67 20-79 30-97 38-79 39-97 19-29 M. S. 4 48-82 4 37 32 * reject 4 47-72 4 48-32 4 47-22 I 4 47-32 ' 4 48-32 4 47-82 4 48-12 4 47-82 j 4 47-32 1,. Sura of 10 observations 10) 47 59-00 Mean difference of longitude by flashes observed on September 23= 4 47 90 Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Sept. 23, 8 „ „ 8 10 ., ., 8 40 „ „ 8 oO 20 16 9-3 20 18 40 20 28 2-6 20 30 33 20 38 34 21 1 24-5 22 5 22 8 31-4 1-5 9-91 fast 6-21 slow 9-91 fast 5-29 slow 9-91 fast 6-21 slow 9-91 fast 6-21 slow 20 15 59-59 20 20 46-21 20 27 52-69 20 32 39-21 20 38 44-09 21 3 30-71 22 5 21-49 22 10 7-7! 4 46-62 4 46 52 4 46-62 4 46-22 Sum of 4 observations 4) 19 3-98 Mean difference of lonjfiUide bj flashes oliSLMM-d on ^^eplember 23= 4 46-49 * l'ri)l)al)lv an rrnir of in scnind.-. 162 NARRATIVK OF THE SURVEY OF |l I'll! i ij k I Name of SUtlon. Dati >. Hour, and Minute. Flaahea observed. Errors cif Chronomitorson .Sidereal Time of Stations. Sidereal Time of Observation. Dllfcrencc of bongl- tude. Quebec . . Lake Hill . ; 1844. Sept. 27, H. M. 820 II. M. a. 20 42 356 20 45 4 II. 2 8. 9- 10 fast 715 slow H. M. 8. 20 42 25 -.W 20 47 11 15 M. S. 4 45 '65 Quebec . . Luke Hill . » 8 30 20 .0.') l.')-9 20 55 44 •2 910 fast 7' 15 slow 20 .W 4-80 20 57 51 -15 4 46-35 Quebec . . Lake Hill . 99 8 50 2! 1:3 195 21 15 49-5 2 O'lO liist 7- 1 5 slow 21 13 1040 21 17 56 65 4 46 25 Quebec . . Luke Hill . n 9 20 21 43 234 21 45 53-5 2 9 10 fust 7'15 slow 21 43 14 30 21 48 65 4 46-35 Quebec . . Lake Hill . ,» 9 40 22 3 23 22 5 52-5 2 910 fust 7-15 slow 22 3 13-90 22 7 59 65 4 45-75 Quebec . . Lake Hill . II 9 50 22 13 31-7 22 16 1-5 2 910 fast 715 slow 22 13 2260 22 18 8 65 4 46-05 Quebec . . Lake Hill . II 10 22 22 49 5 22 25 19 2 910 fast 715 slow 22 22 40-40 22 27 26 15 4 45-75 Sum of 7 observations 7) a3 22-15 Mean difference of longitude by flashes observed on September 27 = 4 46-02 Quebec . . Lake Hill . Sept. 28, 8 20 26 52-2 20 29 22 2 835 fast 823 slow 20 26 43-85 20 31 .')0-23 4 46-38 Quebec . . Luke Hill . „ ,„ 20 36 50-5 " " ** '" 20 39 19 5 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 20 36 42-15 20 41 27-73 4 45-58 Quebec . . Lake Hill . „2o 20.50 9-6 " " " -^ , 20 52 39 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 20 50 1 -25 20 54 47 23 4 45-98 Quebec . . Lake Hill . 11 1, 8 40 21 7 25-8 21 9 55 2 8-35 fust 823 slow 21 7 17-45 21 12 3-23 4 45-78 Quebec . . Lake Hill . II 1, 8 50 21 17 30-3 20 20 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 21 17 22-15 21 22 8-23 4 46-08 Quebec . . Lake Hill . „ „ 9 21 27 20-7 21 29 56 2 8-35 fast 8.23 slow 21 27 18-;)5 21 32 4 -a? 4 45-88 Quebec . . Lake Hill . „ II 9 10 21 37 19-7 21 39 49 2 835 fast 8-23 slow 21 37 11-35 21 41 57-23 4 45-88 Quebec . . Lake Hill . 1, 11 9 20 21 47 6-4 21 49 iVi-5 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 21 46 58 05 21 51 43-73 4 45-68 Quebec . . Lake Hill . „ ,1 9 30 21 57 9-7 21 59 39 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 21 57 1-35 22 1 47-23 4 45-88 Quebec . . Lake Hill . 1, „ 9 40 22 7 10-8 22 9 40 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 22 7 2 45 22 11 48-23 4 45-78 Quebec . . Lake Hill . 1, 11 9 .50 22 17 31-3 22 20 2 8-35 fast 8-23 slow 22 17 22-95 22 22 8-23 4 45-28 Quebec . . Lake Hill . „ „ 10 22 27 18 1 22 29 46-5 1 2 8-35 fust 8-23 slow 22 27 9-75 22 31 54-73 4 44-98 Sum f 12 observations . . . . 12) 57 9-16 Mean diffrrcnce of longitude by flashes observed on Septetnber 28 = 4 45-76 TIIK NOHTH AMKKICAN BOUNDARY. 103 Naino of Stiitioii. Quebec , Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Luk<- Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Krror of ruBfrciifi- Dutf, llciiir, un5 8-26 fast 2 IU'8I slow 21 25 21 30 21 ;J4 5-81 4 44 47 »» ♦• 9 21 35 25 6 21 37 52 826 fast 2 10-81 slow 21 35 21 40 2 81 4 45-47 »* *) 9 10 21 45 •.]7-3 21 47 53 8-20 fast 2 10-81 slow 21 45 21 50 19-04 3 81 4 44-77 I* »» 9 20 21 55 20-4 21 57 53 8-20 fast 2 10-81 s!;[)W 21 55 22 1814 3-81 4 45-07 >» .» 9 50 vationa 22 25 47 -G 2-J 28 14 8 26 fast 2 10-81 slowi 22 25 22 30 .39-34 24 81 • 8) 4 45-47 of 8 obser 38 2-66 Mean difference of longitude by flasbes observed on September 30 = 4 45 '33 Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Quebec . Lake Hill Oct. 2, 8 20 8 30 8 40 8 .50 9 21 21 1 16 2 3 40-5 8.26 fast 2 13-45 slow 21 1 7-94 21 5 53 95 4 46-1 21 21 11 75 13 32-5 8-21) fast 2 13-45 slow 21 10 59-24 21 15 45-95 4 46-71 21 21 20 53-8 23 18-5 8-26 fast 2 13-45 slow 21 20 45 -.54 21 25 31 -95 4 46-41 21 21 31 54 6 34 19-5 8 26 fast 2 13 45 slow 21 31 46-34 21 36 32 95 4 46-01 21 21 41 ;38-3 44 3 8-26 fast 2 13-45 slow 21 41 30 04 21 46 1645 4 46-41 s . . . . . . 5) 23 52-15 Sum of observation Mean difference of longitude by flashes observed on Oi-tobiT 2= 4 46-43 ABSTRACT OF FOREGOING. .M. 8. September 23, mean result of corresponding observ.-jtions of 10 flashes = 4 47-90 2,5. ,. „ - 28, October 'J, ,, „ 14 . , =4 46-49 7 . , =4 40-02 12 , -4 45 70 8 , =4 45 33 ••> t = 4 40-4,3 6) 277-93 Astronomical Station at Lake Hill, east of .\stroii()niical Station at Quebec 4 46-32 (Sijrned) .JOHN n. Pll'ON, Lieutenant, Roi/it Hook. True Slilpreal Staiiil. I'liron. Tiiiu' of .Station, fllHt. S. 25 87 26 07 27-53 27-79 29-44 29-60 50-35 30-47 31 -24 31-39 H. M. S. 14 .38 42-63 17 35 42-93 15 23 43-47 18 49 44-01 15 40 49-26 19 21 49-90 16 3 55-05 19 21 55 33 15 51 59-26 1 19 21 on Tlmcbyl l-ri> Ish. No .2. H. M.' 14 .39 i 17 36, 15 24 i 18 50 1 15 41 19 23, Froil«hnni No. 2, (ml. 19 22 15 .52 ' 19 21 Slow 8. 17-.)7 17-07 16-53 15-99 1074 U)10 495 4-47 0-74 0-11 Mean Error st Time of Ubwrvation. 8. H. M. 17-16 at 9 15 16-25 at 9 40 10-42 at 9 50 4-77 at 9 30 0-30 at 9 50 OnsEUVATioNS for Difference of Longitude between the Astronomical Sta- tions of Lieutenant Pipon, Royal Engineers, at St Regis, and Major Gra- 1mm, United States' Topographical Engineers, at Rouse's Point, bv flashes of dunpowder and rockets fired from the top of Lyon Mountain, New York. Name of Station. Date. Hour, and Minute. Flashes observed. Errors of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Station. Sidereal Time of Observation. DifTcrcnce of Longitude. H. M. 11. M. 8. H. M, S, n. M. 8. M. 8. S(. Regis . . * Rousu's Point July 14, 8 45 1)16 16 2-0 13 .39 17-8 17-16 fast 4 49 24-18 „ 16 15 44-84 16 20 59-39 +5 14-55 + reject. (On mean time.) St. Regia . . * Rouse's Point „ „ 8 .50 16 21 3-5 13 44 17-6 17-16 „ 4 49 24-18 „ 16 20 46-34 16 26 00-01 5 13-67 St. Regis . . * Rouse's Point ,. ,. 8 ,55 16 26 3-5 13 49 16 6 17-16 „ 4 49 24-18 „ 16 25 46-34 16 30 59-83 5 13-49 St. Regis . . * Rouse's Point „ „ 9 16 31 5-0 13 54 17 7 17-16 „ 4 49 24-18 „ 16 30 47-84 16 36 01-75 5 1391 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point „ .,9 5 16 36 6 16 44 36-2 17-16 „ 3 33 93 „ 16 35 48-F4 16 41 02 27 5 13-43 St. Regis . .' Rouse's Point „ ., 9 10 d16 41 6-5 ' 16 49 37-0 ; 1716 „ 3 a3-93 „ 16 40 49-34 16 46 03 07 5 13-73 Si. Regis . . * Rouse'.s Point „ „ 9 15 1 16 46 7-3 ! 14 09 17-6 17-16 „ 4 49 24 18 „ 16 45 .5014 16 51 04-12 5 13-98 ■j Carried forward . 31 22-21 * Those observations markrd tluis (»l were noted with a mo.in time chronometer. Those marked thus ' m ha\t' imt been quite so well ohseru-d as the others. a THK NORTH AMKHICAN HOUNDAUY. I(i5 Nameofstation. St. Rcf(ig . . Rotise'8 Point St. Regis . . Ruuse'n Point St. RegiK . . Rouse's Point Date, Hnur, and Minute. 1844. H. M. July 14, 9 20 ,. ,, 9 23 „ .. 9 3o' FlanluH observed. II. M. 8. IH 51 8 1« 51) o8'2 10 50 H-5 17 4 39'0 17 17 1 10-3 9 40-; Krrom of ChronoineterH on ^'iilcri'Hl 'I line of tstulion. uSIilerenl Tlineot; Dlfferenee of (Ihscrviitlon. J. )I. M. 8. 1 7' I « fast .') JW 93 „ 1710 „ 3 3.J 93 „ 17 16 „ 3 3393 ,, H. M. 8. Rro». forward 10 50 .5084 10 50 0427 1« 55 51 34 17 1 0307 17 53- 1 4 17 6 0-57 l.nn^iutde. M. 31 8. 2221 1.343 13-73 5 1343 SumofOobservationg 9)47 2'80 Mean difference of longitude by flashes observed on July 14= 5 13 '04 St. Regis . . * Rouse's Point St. Regis . . * Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . * Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Pu.at St. Ref-is . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point July 15, 8 30 8 a5 8 40 8 45 8 50 8 55 9 9 5 9 10 9 15 9 20 9 25 9 30| 9 35 9 40 9 45 9 50 10 4 13 24 16 9 13 25 10 14 16 2:) 10 19 10 28 16 24 13 44 16 29 10 38 10 34 10 43 16 39 10 48 10 44 16 53 16 50 10 58 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 23 17 20 r. 28 17 25 17 33 52 7 13 53 4 12-8 545 26 3 55-5 27-2 50 13 56 3 281 I 58-6 I 30-3 I 59 I 30'8 j 39-2 I 0-3 ': 32 1-5 33-5 ; 2 3 34 1 3 34-5 ' 3-5 : 35-3 ; 4-8 ■ 80-8 54' 37 35 5 I 381 4 49 4 49 3 3 4 49 3 3 ') 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 16'2.> 22-73 10-25 22-73 16-25 34-00 10-25 34-60 16-25 2273 16 25 34 60 16 25 34-60 16-25 W-6() 1025 34-00 16-25 3400 1025 34-00 16 2-5 34 60 16-25 34 00 16-25 34-60 16-25 34-60 16 23 .'}4-(i0 16-25 34-60 fast 4 3(> 4.5 I 9 50- 12 9 37- 15 ! 14 50-74 i 14 .38-25 I 19 51-70 19 39-25 ' 25 52 60 : 24 .39-73 ' 29 53-45 ; 29 40-05 : 34 53 30 ; .34 42 35 39 55-70 ; 39 42-75 44 .56-20 ■ 44 42-93 49 56-30 49 44 Oj 54 37-40 34 4.5-25 39 3S 90 59 46 •05 4 39-30 4 40 -75 ; 9 39-00 I 9 47-23 ■ 13 00-70 I 14 48 .53 i 20 2-20 I 19 49-13 i 25 2-75 24 50-25 i 30 3-50 Carried forward 5 13-07 3 13-39 5 13-43 5 13 33 5 13-70 5 13-45 5 13-35 5 13-45 5 13 35 5 13 35 3 1363 3 13-43 5 13 15 5 13 45 5 13-05 5 13-60 5 1325 88 48-91 * Those observations marked llius (»| were noted witli a mean tiii\e ctironnnictor. / '2 le*? NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Name of Station 1 Dat( s Hour, and Minute. Flash observed. Errors of Chronometers on .Sidereal Time of ^Station. Sidereal Time of Difference of observation. Longitude. St. Regis . . Rouse's Point 1844. H. M July Id, 10 K. M. 8. ! J7 35 -2 17 43 40 H. M. 8. 16-25 fast 3 34-60 „ H. M. 8. Bro*. forwart 17 34 51-95 17 40 5-40 M. S. 88 48 91 5 13-45 St. Repis Rouse's Point it „ 10 5 17 40 8 8 17 48 40-6 16-25 „ 3 34 -ei, „ 1 17 39 52-55 i 17 45 06 00 5 1345 St. Resjis . . Rouse's Point 1 *) „ 10 10 17 45 9 3 17 53 41-3 16-25 „ 3 34-60 „ 17 44 5305 17 50 6-70 5 13-65 St. RcirU . . Rouse's Point 1 „ 10 15 17 50 105 17 58 42 3 16-25 „ 3 34-60 „ 17 49 54-25 17 55 7-70 5 1345 St. Reikis . . Ro'ise's Point >» „ 10 20 17 55 11-4 i IS 3 43-3 16-2.> „ 3 34-60 „ !7 54 55-15 18 8-70 5 13-55 St. ivegis . . Rouse's Point " 10 25 1^ " '- " '" "" 18 8 43-9 16-25 „ 3 3* -60 „ 17 59 55-75 18 5 930 5 1355 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point )» in 'ii\ '^ ^ '"^ " '" ''^ 18 13 45 16-25 „ 3 34-60 „ 18 4 56-75 18 10 1040 5 13 65 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point ,„ St. Regis . .: ' Rouse's Point ,jj^ ,0 „. 18 10 33 .k^tiursg 18 19 38 ,. 10 40»J8 15 3^ ;ket burst.) n of 24 observations . in difTerenco of longitude 1 16-25 „ 3 34 60 „ 16-25 „ jy flashes observe 18 10 16-75 18 15 29 20 lb 15 15-75 d on July 15 = 5 12-45 (reject.) .Sur 125 23 66 Mes 5 13-48 St. Regis . , , , Rouse's Point ;'"'y 17, 9 16 4: 44-5 16 51 21-4 10 42 fast 3 33-88 „ 16 42 3408 16 47 47 52 5 13 44 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point »> ,.9 5 16 47 46 5 16 56 23-5 10-42 „ 3 33-88 „ 16 47 36 08 16 52 49-62 5 13-54 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point H „ 9 10 16 52 45-3 17 1 222 10-42 „ 3 33-88 „ 16 52 34-88 16 57 48 32 3 1344 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point tf „ 9 15 16 57 46 17 6 23-2 10-42 „ ! 3 33 88 „ 1 16 57 35-58 17 2 49 32 5 13 74 St Regis . . Rouse's Point tf „ 9 20 nl7 2 47 17 IJ 241 10-42 „ 3 ;W-88 „ 17 2 ,'K3-58 17 7 50 22 5 13-64 St. Regis . . Rouse's Point i .. „ 9 25 17 7 48 17 16 25 10-42 „ 3 33-88 „ 17 7 37-58 17 12 51-12 5 1354 St. Regis . .1 Rouse's Point »» „ 9 30 17 1-2 48-5 i 17 21 25-6 : 1042 „ i 3 33-88 „ 17 12 38 08 17 17 51 72 5 1364 St. Regis . .' Rouse's Point j „ 9 35 17 17 50-4 17 26 27-2 : 10-42 „ 3 33 88 „ 17 17 39 98 17 22 53 32 5 1334 St. Regis . . Robse's Point „ 9 40 17 22 51 2 1 17 31 2S-1 10-42 „ 3 33 88 „ 17 22 40-78 17 27 54 22 5 1344 St Regis . . •Rouse's Point " „ 9 45i 1 17 27 51 14 39 07-8 ! 1042 „ 4 49 18-84 „ 17 27 40-58 17 32 .54 24 5 13-66 St. Regis . .' •Rouse's Point it „ 9 50; 1 17 32 56 2 14 44 14 7 10-42 „ 4 49 18-84 „ 17 32 45-78 17 38 01-98 + 5 16-20 + (reject.) Carried forward . 52 15-42 -IhoMC observations mnrlied thus i*i were noted with !i moan time ihronouicter. Marki'H Ihus (ii) have not been nuilc ■-o well ol)>orvcd as the olhrrs. 1,1 '11 '■1 1 III THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 167 Name of Station. Date, Hour, andj i M mute. I 1844. H. M.. Si. Regis . .; • Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Re^'is . . * Rouse's Point St. Reijis . . Rouse's Point ,St. Regis . . Rouse's Point i ., 10 3 „ 10 10 „ 10 20 „ 10 25 „ 10 30 Fla'ilu's observed. H. Jl. 17 42 17 31 17 47 4 49 17 32 18 3 18 3 13 14 18 7 18 IG 18 18 8. 34-4 314 35 08-3 56-3 3.) -3 58 09 58-7 33-7 38 35 Errors of \ I Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Difi'erenceof Sidereal Time of i Observation. Longitude. Station. H. M. 3 4 49 4 49 3 3 s. 10 42 fast 33 88 „ 10-42 „ 1814 „ 10 42 „ 33 '88 „ 1042 „ 18 84 „ 10-42 „ 3388 „ 10 42 „ 33-88 „ H. M. S. I Bro'. forward. 17 42 43 98 i; 44 57-52 I 17 47 44 -.58 ' 17 52 38 03 ! 17 52 4G08 I 17 57 59 -C2 i 18 3 47-58 I 18 8 01-19 18 7 48 28 ' 18 13 1 82 I 18 12 47-58 i 18 18 01 12, M s. 32 5 13-42 1334 5 1345 5 13-34 5 13-61 5 13-54 5 13-34 Sum of l(j observations 16) 83 36-64 Muan diiT'eienee of longitude by flaslies observed on July 17= 3 13 '3* St. Reys . .| * Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. R-gis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point I St. Regis . . Rouse's Point ; St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Route's Point ; St. Regis . .; Rouse's Point St. Regis . .| Rouse's Point j St. Regis . .; Rouse's Point I St. Regis , .' Rouse's Point , St. Regis . .: Rouse's Point I .luly 18, 9 1^ 9 3 ^^ 16 17 9 10 „ ,, 9 1j j- 17 17 17 17 17 17 „ ,, 9 33 [5 17 „ 9 20 „ 9 25 „ 9 30 „ 9 40 „ „ 9 43 17 Dll 17 „ „ 9 30 J „ ., 10 „ :. ?0 3 „ „ 10 10 17 46 30-6 54 0-4 51 30-0 00 13 56 31 -4 05 14 1 01 31-6 10 15 06 32-3 13 15-7 11 34 20 17 1 16 34 23 17 5 21 35 2 30 186 2(> 36 35 19 3 31 30-5 40 20 36 39-4 45 22 6 46 40-3 35 23 51 40-5 00 23-5 56 41 •-' 05 24 4 49 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4-77 fast 18-30 „ 4-77 „ 3510 „ 4-77 „ 3310 „ 4-77 „ 33-10 „ 4-77 „ 35-10 „ 4-77 „ 33-10 „ ■1-77 „ 33-10 „ 4-77 „ 35-10 „ 4-77 „ 33 10 „ 4-77 „ 35-10 „ 4-77 „ .'35 10 „ 4-77 „ 33-10 „ 4-77 „ 3510 „ 04-77 „ 35-10 „ 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 46 .25-83 51 '014 51 >3-23 36 37-90 30 f'6-63 1 39 00 1 26-83 6 39-90 6 27-73 1 1 4!) on 11 29-23 16 42 00 16 29 23 21 42-40 21 30-43 26 43-30 26 31 -23 31 44-20 31 31 73 30 44-90 36 34-63 41 47 50 40 33-53 51 47 90 31 35-73 56 48-40 56 36-43 01 49 30 +5 14-31 + reject. 5 12-67 3 12-37 5 13-07 5 12-87 5 12-77 3 13-17 3 13-07 3 12-97 5 1317 3 12-87 5 12-37 5 12-67 5 12-87 Carried forward . 67 46-91 * I'lKW observations marked thus (*| were noted with a mean time ehronomettr. Marked thus (d) have not been (luilc so well observed as the others. 1" I,' : 4 \ 168 NARRATIVE OF THE SURVEY OF Name of Station. Date, Hour, and Minute. 1844. H. M. g;Spoi„t-J"iyi«.ioi5, St. Regis . .{ Kouse'8 Point " 10 20, Plashes observed. H. M. 8. 18 01 42-4 18 10 25-5 18 06 43 18 15 26 Errors of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Stations. M. S. 04-77 fast 3 a^JO , 04-77 , 3 35- 10 , Sidereal Time of Observation H. M. S. Bro'. forward 18 01 37-63 18 06 50-40 18 06 38-23 18 11 50-90 Difference of Longitude. M. S. 67 46-91 3 12-77 5 12-67 Sum of 15 observations 15) 78 12-35 Mean difference of longitude by flashes observed on July 18= 5 12-82 St. Regis . , Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . , Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . , Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St, Regis . . Pouse's Point St. Regis . , Rouse's Point St. Regis . , Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Poin* St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point St. Regis . . Rouse's Point July 19, 9 10 „ It 9 lO „ „ 9 20j „ „ 9 25 „ „ 9 30 Dl7 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 9 Aft 17 17 ,, „ 9 40 ; 17 17 17 17 9 55 ^' Dl7 ., 9 45 „ 9 50 ,.10 0' » 10 5' 10 10: „ 10 13 » 10 20. 18 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 ■' 10 25; [« „ 10 30, „ 10 351 18 18 18 18 01 18 10 06 06 18-5 15 06-7 U 192 20 07-5 16 25 198 21 204 30 08-8 26 21 -3 35 09-3 31 40 32-5 10-5 36 22-6 45 11 41 50 23-8 12-3 46 24-4 55 13 51 00 26 14 56 26-3 05 14-7 01 10 26-8 13-3 06 27-5 15 16-1 11 20 28-5 17 16 29-0 25 17-8 21 30 30 18-6 26 30-5 35 19-4 00-30 fast 3 36-04 , 00-30 , 3 36-04 , 00-30 , 3 3604 , 00-30 , 3 3604 , 00-30 , 3 36 04 , 00-30 , 3 3604 , 00-30 , 3 36-04 , 00 -.30 , 3 36-04 , 00-30 , 3 3604 , 00-30 , 3 36 04 , 00-.30 , 3 36-04 , 00 -.W , 3 36 04 , 00-30 , 3 36 04 , 00 .'10 , 3 36 04 , 00 30 , 3 36-04 , 00-30 , 3 % 04 , 00-.10 , 3 86 04 , 00-30 , 3 36-04 , 17 01 17 06 17 06 17 11 17 11 17 16 17 16 17 21 17 21 17 26 17 26 17 3i 17 31 17 36 17 36 17 41 17 41 17 46 17 46 17 51 17 51 17 56 17 56 18 01 18 01 18 06 18 06 18 11 18 11 18 16 18 16 18 21 18 21 18 26 18 26 18 31 17-70 29-96 18-20 30-66 18-90 31-46 19-50 32-26 20-10 32-76 21 00 33-46 22 20 34-46 22-30 34-96 23-50 36-26 2410 36-96 25-70 37-96 26 00 38 66 26-51) 39-26 27-20 4006 28-20 40-98 28-70 41-76 29-70 42 36 30-20 4i)36 +5 12-26 + reject. 5 12-46 5 12-56 3 12-76 3 12-66 3 12-46 5 1226 3 12-66 5 12-76 5 12-86 +5 12-26 + reject. 5 12 66 5 12-76 5 12-86 5 12-76 5 1306 5 12-86 1 5 13-16 CaiTied forward . 83 23-36 The two flashes marked d, as doubtfully observed at St. Uegis, are rejcc cd. ' ,' ' m THE NORTH AMERICAN BOUNDARY. 169 Name of Station. St. Regis Date. Hour, and Minute. 1844. H. M. Flashe3 observed. H. M. 8. 18 31 31 2 Rouse's Point , "'^ "'' '" *^, 18 40 20 St. Regis . .{ Rouse's Point | 10 45; 18 36 324 18 45 21 Errors of Chronometers on Sidereal Time of Stations. M. S. Sidereal Time of Difference of Observation, j Longitude. H. M. 8. Bro'. forward. 00-30 fast 18 31 30-90 3 3604 „ I 18 36 43-96 00-30 „ I 18 36 3210 3 36 04 „ 18 41 44-96 M. 8. 83 23-56 5 13-00 5 12-86 Sura of 18 observations 18) 93 49-48 Mean difference of longitude by flashes observed on July 19= 5 12-75 ABSTRACT OF FOREGOING. M. July 14, mean result of corresponding observations of 9 flashes = 5 .. 13, „ „ 24 „ = 5 >> 17, „ „ 16 „ =5 " 1^1 »i » 15 „ = 5 " '''> i» V 18 „ =5 8. 1364 1348 13-54 1282 12-75 5) 26 6 23 Astronomical station at St. Regis, west of astronomical station at Rouse's Point 5 13-24 (Signed) JOHN H. PIPON, Lieutenant, Royal Engineers- 170 V ^ NOTICE of the Military Portion of the Works of " Francisco di Giorgio Martini, Architetto Senp-.se," of the 15th Century, published at Turin, 1841, by the "Cavaliere Cesare Saluzzo," &c., &c. w lilt There was published at Turin, in tlie year 1841, a Treatise on Civil and Military Architecture, which at tiio time attracted considerable attention, as being a produc- tion restored from the 15th century, and the oriijinal work of a noted Italian archi- ■ tect and ensiincor of that age — " FVancisco di Giorgio Martini." For the restoration of this very iiiterestintj work wc are indebted to the labour of the " Cavaliere Cesare Saluzzo," Lieutenant.General in the service of liis Majesty the King of Sardinia, &c. &c,, who has caused to be annexed thereto, a sketch of the life of the author, as well : s a dissertation and collection of memoranda, illustrating the progress of military architecture in Italy, during the above st.itud period. This latter portion includes a rapid sketch of tiie lives and works of those Italians who wrote on Engineering, and on Artillery and Military Machines, from the the year 1285 to 1560 — that is to say, from the first comaiencement of the recovery of ancient military art to the date of what may be termed the second period of modern fortifica- tion, which would commence about 15-1574. A list of these honourable names is given in an appendix to the work, and it is remarked in the preface, with becoming pride, that during this age the whole of Kurope (Italy excepted) could not produce an equal number of groat scieniifi.c writers on these sulijects. One of the most distinguished of these is " Francisco di Giorgio Martini," who, born about 14'23, is su])posed to have died in th(> year I50G. The limits of this brief notice will not admit of any lengthened account of his life, which is fully detailed in the text. Suflice it here to say, that, in addition to several works of Civil Architecture, he designed several casllcs and forts in Italy, of whicli the four following, constructed for the Duke Frederick IVUrhino, are chiefly recorrnised, \iz., the " Rocche di Cagli ; di Sassodi Jlonto Feitro ; del Tavoletto ; a\id the Rocca ili S. Alondio," besides many others which are attributed to him. He was also a very skilful artist in bronze, and several of his works in this branch of art are preserved in the cathedral at Siei;na, and in other places. But the object of fliis paper is to draw attention more particularly to the military portion of his work, viz,, Book .5, in which he treats of the Principles of Defence, upon which his works were designed, together with the (lescriplions of many of them. Those who peruse his observations upon these subjects, while they admire the sim- plicity and modesty with wliich his opinions are exhibited, will acknowledge that the Principles of Defence which govern the construction of detached works were better understood and apprei'iatod in the niiddh; ages than is now usually allowed. With reference to the long debated question of the origination of the " Bastioned Trace," the compiler of the work in question presents eight separate memoranda; and, after disputing the dale of the famous " Bastion Verde" at Turin, claims for , 111" WORKS OF KUANCESCO 1)1 OlOllfilO MAHTIM. 171 ■iat;raiiv. Il and 2. Francosci) di Giorgio the merit -iho™ the surrounilhiK site remains the same, the farther it is ailvanced from the scarp, the sreatir quantity of wall will he covereil from a iliiect shot, such as is here eontemplateci. ,,,,.J 176 NOTICE OP THE MILITARY POBTION OP THE See (lianrain No. 3. ■' Some other methods of defence I shall explain which are not so destructive. In the first place construct at the angles of the ditch, ' Capannati ' in the form shown in Tavola 5, Figure 1, Diagram 3, which cannot be destroyed by cannon or other machines, and by which, with its loop-holes, the ditch and the scarp can be defended, as will be manifest to any intelligent person." Diaitrain Nu. 3. See diagram No. 4. '( f; See diagram No. 5. Here we have the Caponiere Bastionette, in its complete form, with its advantages recognised. After describing some other contrivances for the defence of the ditch, which are of less value, he proceeds : — " 5thly. Make in the middle of the bottom of the ditch another ditch, 20 or 25 feet deep, and which should have :i 'fh of about 30 feet at bottom, and 25 feet at top (vide section, Fig. 2, 1 a 30), which every man must pass over, since, from its depth, none descending ur falling into it can get out again — and for greater perfection arrange the bottom of the main ditch in such manner that no person can stay in that. " Make also subterraneous passages from the walls, or from some place within them, through the bottom of this second ditch (d e e), by which those within the fort may evacuate it when they please. " Or 6thly. Make a simple ' fosse ' of the aforesaid height and width. Then at the angles throw out a double wall Cwith embrasures and loop-holes) as large and high on each side as is the scarp ; then, at the end of these walls, let the ditch be cut in the form of a semicircle, of such size and diameter that, when a tower is applied to the extremities of the double walls, there remain a ditch about the same tower, of the same size and depth as the remainder. (Tavola 14, Fig. 1. ) WORKS OF FRANCESCO DI GIORGIO MARTINI. 177 o ?5 ■*Wt*m»W«J ffQtat-^iii i P WM or 178 NOTrCR OF THE MILITARY PORTION OF TIIIC Dlujirnin .1. i*^-^-- J?'-'T:ia Sec (liaRrams Nos. fi and ?■ " About the ditch wliich surrroiinds the said towers, construct tiie gliicis and covered way of which I hive hefori; spoivcn, which can he perfectly guarded by the lowers; and furtiicrmore, because (he said towers can be a|i- proaciied by means of subterraneous galleries wiiliout hindrance, construct several ' capannati ' between the said towers similarly to those in the ditch ; by which the semicircle of the ditch, as well as the towers themselves, can be de- fended." Introducing his " eouvre-portes," or ravelins (rivellini), he says: — " The ' rivellini ' in front of the gates should be placed at a low level, so that they cannot be ruined by artillery ; and nevertheless its wall re(|uires a similar ' r i %.. WOIIKS Ol' I'K.VNCKSL'O 1)1 (flOUCilU MAUTINI. 17}> DlRKram 5, Fig. 3) ; and in liite manner can be added ' capannati, judgment of the engineer and the requirements of the site." (Figure 5, Tavola 5, shows the escarp gallery here described. ) according to the Se.' diagrams !», I'l, aii'i :>. Si iiagram 11 See diagram i>. " CHAPTER Vin.-TcwERS. " The (., i...eter of proper ricfensible tower* should be from 50 to 60 feet ; entirely solid, with the exception of the defensive giiUeries in the flanks ; and the towers require M or 60 feet of height, of which 30 should be scarped, and for every 4 or 5 feet of heijjht of scarp i'hould be given 1 of base ; preserving the same proportion as the height is more or lass. The flank galleries should have chimneys or flues leading out of them, so that those who serve them shall not be impeded by smoke." After describing the projections, &c., on the upper wall and battlements, he suggests several ingenious contrivances for protection from escalade. " Likewise, where there are traitors or sleeping sentinels, forts are often taken by ' scaling,' especially those which could not be otherwise reduced. It is necessary to provide against this danger. " With this object, he first proposes the |,rojecting galleries with " machicoulis " and buttresses, below shown in Tavola 6, Figs. 9, 10, II. Then an eiilaigod cordon, midway up the scarp, of triangular section, so as to prevent ladders approaching the wall, :\ndalso affording no footing ( Fig. 10), and lastly, he proposes studding the upper part of the face of the tower with stones dressed to a triangular shape, and " as hard iLs adamant," one foot apart, with a cordon beneath ; the triangular stones being set alternately over and under, as appears in the drawing ( Fig. !)). WORES OF FRANCESCO DI GIORQIO MARTINI. 181 m ' DiaKram !>. DiAi;ram ID. Diagram 11. It i ^1 ' I U B 2 iiii 'm . ^m^mmmsmmmsFi^'^fti^. m^ 182 NOTICE OF THE MILITARY PORTION OF THE "CHAPTER IX — Of Capannati and Ancient Casemates. ii: Sec (tiiigraiiik 3, l^>, and 13. " On the. top of the towers, as at their base, can be constructed a coverdd defensive circular pyramid, with its entrance opening towards the principal tc wer. In place of the pyramid can be used a building in the shape of a iuHu'i cottage, 01 semicircular. " At the foot of tiie towers, for the better defence of the walls, can be placed other small covered buildings, of such form as shall best agree with the archi- tecture ; and in such a position that they cannot be touched by cannon, other- wise they will render the tower weaker. " For by means of these ' capannati ' greater resistance can be made to an enemy than when fighting hand to hand. " And because it is not possible in every place to construct wide and deep ditches, with thick towers and walls; and, even where possible, there are not always pecuniary means, or time; I have invented a ' shot-proof ' of small ex- pense, time, and material, which work, being in form of a small cottage, I shall call ' Capannato : ' — ^to construct which, at the bottom of the ditch, where is sJielter from the fire of cannon, let there be a ' room,' viuh loopholed walls, 5 or 6 feet thick, the width of which in the clear sl:./uld be 12 or 14 feet, and the height 8 feet, ' with flues above the embrasures,' and loopholes, so that the musketeers and artillery-men, standing shoulder to shoulder, can use their arms without impediment. " They can be arranged in various forms, as will appear from the designs." Here follow 5 specimens of caponieres ; of which 3 are given with th's paper, viz. Tavola 5, Fig. 1, and Tuvola 6, Figs. I and 6. I)i;if;rani 12. " It is nect'sswy to be careful of two things: — 1st. That the 'capannato' should be contiguous or attached to the wall of the fortress, with a narrow-covered entrance from the interior of the work, arranged so that, when the ' capannato ' shall be lost, the fortress shall not be taken also ; and, to this effect, the covered passage should havo doors and other defensive means ; or it should be so narrow that it can.not be forced, when defended ; or there should be a ' well entrance,' with a moveable ladder, or by means of a drawbridge , or by barriers, or by a portcullis, or other means for expediting the passage of the garrison, and hindering that of the enemy. " But on the other side of the ditch the said ' capannato ' should be separated (from nil! counter-scarp), or disconliiiued, leaving at least 8 feet, so that it cannot be injured by subterraneous galleries (throug!. -..w. counterscarp). " The lecond thing necessary to .Tmember is, that there should be constructed, K'' ;i VVOllKS OF FKANCESCO DI GIORGIO MARTINI, 183 DiaKraiu 13. -^! in rear of the said ' capaunato,' a small and narrow porch, towards the wall of the fortress, with one or two embrasures and loopholes for the guard, as appears ciliagiam W. '" *-^<^ drawing (Tavola 6, Fig. 1), so that the garrison (but not the enemy) can use them for communication with the ditch or for other purposes. " And this mode of defending walls and ditches, secure against all harm, the more it is considered, the higher it will be valued." h' Chapter X. he recommends a construction for revetments with counterforts for a wall (or parapet), 18 to 20 feet thick ; which will be best understood by the drawing iEiluigrani 14. (Tavola 6, Fig. 5.) The immediate defence of the entrance to the fort or castle was always a great consideration with the engineers of ancient times ; and an examination of the gate- ways and chamber , &c., adjoining, in any of the old castles in England and Germany, will generally afford evidence of this. It is singular to observe that, after .ixing the drawbridge, and a few other precau- I Diagram lA. L I '>*'mit't*^ -"^mm^-' vm 184 NOTICE OF THE MILITAKY PORTION OF THE tions, little attention was paid to the defence of the gateway, externally ; but the de- tail and intricacy of plan internal j, and contrivances for disputing the passage, ad- ditionally to the common " portcullis," are highly ingenious and curious. Tavcia See diagram 15. 7, Figs. 8, 9, 10 (the first of which, Fig. 8, is given with this paper) are illustrations of this species of aefencc; and it k amus'ng to follow the "thread" of entrance in Diagram ].?. :ih^ these designs, and observe the risk to be run by the party assaulting, before he can arrive at any satisfactory footing in the interior of the work. Speaking of the gateways or entrances into forts ; after specifying the most neces- sary and common precautions, the luthor recommends that they should never be constructed without a " couvre-port," or ravelin, to cover them. That no two en- trances should be opposite each other. That the main entrance should have its flank and not its face turned towards the country ; and that they should have as much flank defence as possible. CHAPTER XI.— Of Dkawbridges, etc. He here descibes several species of drawbridges which he recommends for adop- tion. — 1st The horizontal rolling bridge, worked with a capstan and cog-wheel. Then the common drawbridge raised with chains (omitting, however, except in one instance, the counterpoise, which does not elsewhere appear, either in drawings or description). Also a rising bridge with its machinery below, and secure from all in- jury from without The "main tower," or keep, is the subject of the 12th and last chapter in this book (5th). He commences by, as usual, taking good care of the Castellano and the pro- visions. " First, it is to be remembered that the ' Castellano ' must be able, alone, to expol the remainder of his party — to have command of the provisions, rooms, quarters, &c. , and to possess secret means of assistance, which cannot be inter, cepted by those within the work. And, to this end, the entrances, &c., to the keep should be arranged in such manner, that when the • Castellano' has placed in the tower any number of men they shall be as his prisoners, and at his will he can control them." WORKS OF FRANCESCO DI GIORGIO MARTINI. 185 He then describes the accommodation of the keep, placing the stores in the lower rooms, and the quarters of the Castellano above. The magazine for powder being on the top of all. " In the centre of the summit of the tower, let there be a room with two walls, distant apart 2J feet, where the powder can be placed : — with two doors, not opposite to each other, so that fire may not easily find entra'- ; and also if by accident fire should reach the powder, it being at the summit, the walls of the tower shall not be ruined. " In addition, there should be made a circular stair, extending from the base to the summit of the tower, the entrance of which shall be near the quarter of the ' Castellano,' and into this shall open ail the other rooms and stores. Near this also should be the well or tank (with narrow mouth, so as not to weaken the wall), and with channels (pipes) leading to the rooms of the consumers, so that it can be supplied or withheld at pleasure : thus it will appear that the ' Cas- tellano,' with those that he can trust, shall be alone masters of the fort. " The necessaries may be placed in a position least open to annoyance from Viithout." * Having concluded this portion of the 5th book, then follow sixty examples of forts, &c., with drawings accompanying them, and which have already been noticed in this paper, the extent of which will not admit of describing them in detail. Many of them are stated by him as having been actually constructed, and, amongst the rest, the four mentioned in the commencement — the drawings of which are worthy of attention ; but as these designs do not present any remarkable additional details to those already noted, it has not been considered expedient to give the de- scriptions of them at length. The writer of this notice trusts, however, that sufficient matter has been extracted from the text to induce a perusal of the work by some of his brother officers who may have the means and opportunity of doing so — more especially as the memoran dum, &c., contained in the second volume, will furnish materials for a valuable and interesting addition to the Corps Papers. RICHARD TYLDEN. Captain Royal Engineers. * This is an important point often overlooked in the construction of Forts. In very many tiie privies are placed in tlic outer scarps, and in the most exposed situations. Instances are not wanting of places having capitulated partly from this defect. At the capture of Martinique, the Arc from the batteries manned hy the English sailors destroyed the privies of the garrison, and pre- vented all communication with them. The annoyance and confusion arising from this was one of llic riawms for the eapituhition. f' 3- SI ni 4 ^1 ibi ;l,-i ihiiiik m^ m ■y ..^_ n? ^- 186 i MEMORANDA on Mines fired in the Pikenix Park, near Dhblix, in 1843-4. By Captain Larcom, Royal Engineers. In the course of the various works in progress for the improvement of the Phoenix Park, near Dublin, under the direction of Mr. Dccimus Burton, for the Commissioners of Woods and Forests, it was thought desirable to remove a huge unsightly cliff, or bank of earth and roek, which bounded a part of its circuit where it overhangs the Liffey. Mr. Burton was anxious to effect this by gunpowder, not only as likely to be much cheaper than by hand, but because the ground would present a mo"e rugged and less formal aspect. The bank was about 1000 feet long, and consisted of a substratum of limestone rock, in some places bare to the height of 40 feet, surmounted with earth varying from 35 to 50 feet. The earth was a peculiarly tenacious gravelly clay, indurated by the percolation of water charged with much lime and some iron. It stood abso- lutely perpendicular. By permission of the Master- General I undertook the operation, at the request of Mr. Burton, and was allowed the use of the voltaic apparatus existing at the Ord- nance Survey Office. The following is a diary of the several operations. 1843. 8th December (1st Day). Three mines were fired simultaneously. One at 20 feet line of least resistance ; the other two at 25 feet least resistance. The first sunk to 38 feet ( A on Plan, Plate 1 ) ; the two last to 40 feet (B and C on Plan, Plate 1). The line of least resistance being towards the face of the cliff. The charge of the first was 200 lbs. ; of the two others, 260 lbs. each. The earth was extremely tenacious. The face of the cliff was perpendicular ; and the shafts were sunk without casing. They remained without so much as a stone falling in for a month after they were sunk, but they were kept covered at the top. The powder was in the usual cubical boxes, and placed in chambers, leaving about a foot of air around them. The boxes rested on the solid rock. My original intention was to have used one lined crater, /j, L L R ', ranged along the bottom of the earth bank, to blow out its base, trusting that all above would fall. It was so important, however, to respect the wall and road, that I diminished the charges, in one mine, from 266 lbs. to 200 lbs.— that is, from Jj to ,L; in iiie other two, from .520 lbs. to 260 lbs. —that is, from ^'„ to Jf,. The 200 lbs., at 20 feet, that is, the ^L L R^ blew out too rapidly, and the earth proved so tenacious, that it did little more than sink info the cavity, the face being brought back only half way to the shaft. It is obvious that the weight of the earth was not sufficient to overcome its tenacity, and that it required to be thrown forward by the force of powder. This mine, therefore, was too deep for its distance from the fnce of the cliff. The 260 lbs. mines — j,', L L R' — being ttnown back 5 feet further, had a resistance to the front nearly double the former (20' = 80fM). 25'= 1,562.")), while their resist- ance upwards was nearly the same. They therefore produced a greater concussion, hut (lid not blowout so rapidly, and a larger quantity accordingly was shaken down, while the fissures, extending so much further back (25 feet from the shaft, while the other was but 10 feef), gave proof how forcibly the; powder had acted upwards in 1 IN THE PHtENIX PARK, NEAR DUBLIN. 187 loosening the ground. These fissures being 25 feet back, and 25 feet being tlie distance of the charge from the front, made it probable that they were in fact a series of concentric shells, and the portions which fell over were parts of these shells. It was remarked, that in the new face of the cliff these curves were all overhanging, while the top had sunk generally. They were sustained by their tciiacity, and by the base not having been sufficiently blown out. These mines, therefore, were undercharged, in fact, nearly " smothered," but the proportion between the front and vertical lines was tolerably good. All three of these mines, however, were so far satisfactory, as that no rubbish was thrown to any distance which could do damage — not more than 4() feet from the face of the cliff — nor did the rents extend far enough to injure the road behind in the smallest degree. Being fired simultaneously, and the charges being on the rock, the concussion was felt to a considerable distance ; and it was remarked by many persons who stood below the cliff, and but little above the rock, that they felt two shocks, of which doubtless one was conveyed by the undulations of the rock itself, and the other by those propagated leas rapidly through the earth*. This we at first supposed was from the firing not being simultaneous, and that only two of the three mines had exploded. We found, how- ever, afterwards, that the whole three had fired, and of the simultaneity the extent of the concussion is the best proof f. As the rock has never since been laid bare, we have no means of knowing the eflcct produced upon it by the explosion ; but at about 45 feet distance, where it remained visible, it was so cracked in the direction of its cleavage, that the men quarried double the quantity for some time afterwards. Second Day. It was resolved to try if firing a mine in the rear of the larger mine simultaneously with it would so assist its effects as to carry back the loosening of the earth to a sufficient extent to enable a terrace of rock to be laid bare, and the earth at the back of it left in a gentle slope. For this purpose a charge nearly equal to a one-lined crater, at 24 feet from the front and 30 feet deep, viz. 450 lbs., was placed at D (Plate 1), and a charge of 1 80 lbs. placed at F, 24 feet further back, and 19 feet from the surface. It was afterwards resolved that one barrel, 90 lbs, , should he taken out of the larger charge, and placed in a separate chamber E, at 14 feet froiii the top, the distance at which it ought to produce a one-lined crater. * It will probably be familiar to many readers, that the different rates of rapidity with which waves of undulation travel through di Herein media have been recently applied with great ingenuity and ability to an Elueidation of the Theory of Karthquakes, by the able and accomplished Presi- dent of the Geological Society of nuhlin, Mr. 11. Mallet. (See Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, Vol. 21.) Sale.— The wave theory of earth(|uakes is a deduction from the theory of Cordier, that the in- terior of the earth is still a liipiid nia.ss, which is thrown into unirilations by the pressure upon it of the solidifying, and therefore contracting, crust, giving rise to eailh(|uakes .and volcanic erup- tions. Professor Rogers, one of the United States' geologists, has greatly extended the dynamical theory of earthquakes, and the first publicition of his views is dated li)43.— Editor's. t I may be excused for mentioning another and very curious fact, however; viz., that the Kev. Dr. Robinson, the distinguisheil astronomer of Armagh, who was among the spectators, perceived a ilistinct interval between the firing of the experimental cartridges, which he estimated at one- twentieth of a second. This appeared to show non-simultaneity, till it was remembered that he stood on the Hank, .and that the mines were therefore successively about 4.5 feet further from his car, — which, at the velocity with which .sound travels, exactly accounts for the interval. The delicate ear of the astronomer alone ilctected these minute intervals ; .and, till the cause occurred to us, we feared something had gone wrong. S: i 1 VOL. I. f r^ ^:.^..^i.^,.J„..il^^.-t^M.^.^:i^, -Ww-asiiiija.jH^- jplf 188 MEMOUANUA ON MINKS FIUKU The sections before and after the explosion show the quantity thrown down, and, as far as could be ascertained, the extent and form of the earth shattered, tlie whole of which, indeed, ap|)eared completely pulverised ( Plate 2, a b c). This earth, however, has not been all removed, so that it must continue uncertain. The larger charge, JJCOlbs., blew violently to the front, as mine A had done on the first day. These mines would have shaken down much of the earth loosened by the explosion un the 8th of December, but for a buttreiis of earth which intervened and deflected the shock. On this day, also, two mines were fired, shown at G H on the plan ( Plate 1 ) — one of them at 18 feet, the other at '20 feet line of least resistance. The former was encumbered with rubbish in its front, and the latter had, in part of its resistance, the ground shaken by the first day's explosion. Tlieir charges were 225 lbs. eacli, nearly what was necessary for one-lined craters. The fissures are shown on the plan ( Plate J ) ; they extended 2.5 feet backwards, and the whole of the earth within that distance was completely shattered. These mines ought to have produced a greater direct action, but their line of least resistance was in both cases so encumbered, that it (u-in hardly be fairly estimated as an experiment. The whole body of earth was observed to rise about 3 feet, and sink down again. No smoke whatever escaped from any of the mines. ??1 Third Day. A considerable area had to be taken down on the flank of the quarry ; and as the olifi"was lower, and the position secured us against all danger to the road or wall, we resolved to use comparatively larger charges in the two Mines I and K, fired on this day. In one (I) was placed 180 lbs., at 12 feet from the face of the bank, and 15 feet deep. In the other (K) 90 lbs., at 10 feet from each of two faces, and 12 feet deep, being about the charges for two-lined craters, and in both the demolition was much more complete, as well as uiore violent. The earth, also, was broken into larger frag- ments, and the result more wild, and suitable to the form required for ornamental planting, showing the advantage of large charges if the space had permitted their use. By one of them— the smaller — the root of a large elm tree, weighing about one ton, was thrown 30 feet from its position ; and, by their joint action, the rubbish in considerable masses was thrown to the same distance. There was much smoke and considerable noise, but no concussion of the earth was felt. In one of these mines— the larger— the chamber was filled, leaving no air. The efl'eet was remarkable. Though the charge was less in proportion to its surrounding earth than in the othiT mine, the eflfect appeared to be greater, as the whole chamber was laid bare, and the fragments of the box carried out ; whereas, in the other, thi; chamber remained buried, and no part of the box was found. A curious efl'eet of pressure may b(! noticed. The boxes were wrapped in old canvass, as they had some distance to be carried in a cart from the barracks to the mines, and, though made of seasoned elm, the canvass had impressed its fibre as completely in the wood as if it had been t)n clay. It was now thought desirable to finish off the space on which we had operated, that it might be given over to the autiioritics of the park for planting, and a party was accordingly employed lo thrown down the suspended masses, and to loosen and heave (i\cr those wlioM.' rcnuivul »a,- necessary. The general appcaranrc, ^il thi> pcricnl nt Ihu (ipcr.itiuu, i^ shown in Plate 3. I X IN THK I'HdCNIX I'AHK, NKAK UUUI.IN. IS!) Fourth Day. IGlh March, 1844. The whole of the rcmahiclcr of tho cliff was the subject of this day's operation. 'J I At -■J I Elxperience had now shown that, when the charge was even :,Lth of the cube of the line of least resistance, the etTect was somewhat violent, as in mines A, D, and F, and that ijLth, as in mines U and C, produced effects more suitable to our present purpose than any of the other proportions we had tried. That proportion was accordingly adopted for four mines, L, M, N, O ( Plate 1), at 45 feet asunder, and 35 feet distant, both from the face of the cliff and the surfac(! of the ground. After passing the point O, the cliff approached the wall so close! »•, that in the three next mi-.itj, P, Q, R, also at 45 feet asunder, .ind .35 feet deep, the charges were reduced to J-. ( At P the wall was but 70 feet, and iit Q and R only 40 feet from the cliff, which rose to 60 feet above it.) P was charged with 540 lbs., at 35 feet L L R ; Q and R with 270 lbs. each, at '28 feet LL R: finally, two small mines, S and T, of 90 lbs. each, with lines of 12 feet, at a depth of 16 feet, completed tho occupation of the bank. Thus, the first seven mines were at the same distance asunder, and at the .same depth. The four first, L, M, N, O, it was hoped, would remove the ciirlh, /iiid .illipw the rock below to be quarried afterwards. In the three next, the depth and distance asunder remained the same ; but the distances from the front, and the ehargcs, were diminished, hoping to throw out the bottom only, and allow the up|)iM- earth to crumble on its own base. The effect was satisfactory. The section on rl, e,J'( Plate 2) shows tiie whole mas^ in front of the shafts L, M, N, O, to have been removed, while that on g, h, i shows sinking and crumbling down. One accident occurred. The (luarrymen, anxious to extract stone to the last, had removed a portion of earth in front of the mines Q and R at the bottom of the clitl', and the desire to save the stones of a wall mi the lop of the cliff led the ])ark au- thorities to take it away, and scoop out tho foiiiiil.ilioiis; the re>ull of this, combined ( c 2 ! |5 -1 ) 4 J "^.WS^^ mti.iL.,^ 1) 1 li 11 40 \ 40 S 45 feet from centre to centre. 360 24 13824 1 -I 30 ) Combined mine ; D and E, 24 90 14 2744 V„ 14 feet from front. 180 19 6859 Vo 19 ' F, 48 feet from front. 1 225 225 18 20 58:32 8000 1 25 ) 25 1 .')6 feet from centre to centre ; : greatly encumbered with rulibish and earth already loose. 180 12 ' 1728 1 i (1 15 T 12 J" Violent action was desired in 90 10 1000 t't these. 1 720 ;)5 42875 ,■/. 35 i 720 35 42875 .;',, 35 From L (o S all were 45 feet from 720 35 42875 ./() .'W centre to centre. 720 35 42875 L 35 540 38 42875 -'o 35 Getting closer to the wall. 270 270 28 28 21952 21952 1 H 1) 1 ;35 1 Originally 28 feet — overhanging the wall, vliich, when reduced to 25, they threw down in part. 90 12 1728 1 16 T 16 1 Overhanging the wall, but encum.j 90 12 1728 : bcred with rubbish in front. j N'B-— It will be observed that the charges were generally made up of the nunilier .if hart els of 90 lbs. each, which gave the (piantity nearest to the reqiiircil charge, ulietlier a ftnv pounds more or less. IN THE PHUilMX t'AHK, NKAK DIMII.IN. 191 REMARKS. These charges LLIl' LLH' LLR' , were the result of our experiments here. 40 60 80 and were arrived at by diminishinp; gradually from those fixed by Major-Goncral fasioy, LLR' the lowest of which is 30 for a one-lined crater. But it is worthy of notice that the charge of ,,1, LLR'' is, as ni'arly as possible, that fixed by Sir John Uurprnyne for blasting in rocl<, because Sir John's experiments having been made with incrcliunt's blasting powder, and the explosions above described, in government powder, which is LLR' nearly double the strength. Sir John's charge of — — — may fairly be rendered L L R ' (iO ■ This pioportion of one-half between the relative strength of the merchant's and ♦I'e i-overnment powder is, however, the mean of only eight experiments roughly made for this operation, merely with a view of determining whether there would be any economy in buying merchant's powder instead of using government powder — and it was found there would not be, though it was only half the price. Il does not differ very widely from the proportion arrived at in Sir John's paper. The difference, indeed, in the strength of the different kinds of powder is i ilhoull to test with accuracy. Sir John was good enough to infc-m me subsequently, that, according to the experiments made for his blasting operations in 1838 9, the govern- ment powder appeared to have double the force of the other with an Kprouvctte mortar, while with an Eprouvette gun it showed a force barely ;',th greater, and, in trials of bursting shells, a force of about I more. It is known that the merchant'* powder for blasting is glazed with black lead, for greater security under water, or in damp situations, which reduces its .strength to nearly _5rds of its own original force — again making it probably about half that of the government powderf. Details ok Preparing the Charges anm) Mines for Firinc. The connecting wires u. |Lth of an inch diameter (UK) feet weighing about 3lbs. ), they were cleaneti t" roughly with glass-paper, perfi'ctly lapped with tape, and then immersed in he • pitch tempered with tallow f. Two wires so treated u. re laid lii'.^elher, lapped wu. :ipe, and pa.-~ 1 again through the pitch— one labourer • This .ippears to I uc been ovtrlioked in the alilc operations so ailmiralily loniUieteil and ileMTibeil by I.ieiit. Iluicbinson at Domt, when • chjrces were lomputeil in Sir John's formula, but fired in novernniinl powder. So tliat they a mid appear to have been doul)le his ehar^es; in fact, Major-ficneral I'asli \ - eharges for one-lined craters. But at Dover ttiere was no need of Iteeping down the charges, eviept to save expense. The base of the c.-Ulf mitiht liave lieen thrown to any di.>tance, and the top, :rom its hei)>ht, was sure to fall. In thi' operations above described, the soil was so tenacious, and the '"iKht comparatively so small, that i was in some degree neces- sary to count for removal, on the . .ect eU'ect of t lie powder itself, « liile the space was so confined, that laree charces could not be used. The>e verv -mall charees, ,1 , .',, and ,' , ran of course be seldom useful for military demolitions,— nor for any, where there is room to operate. They resulted from the very cramped p:)sitioii within which the c n i was to be produced, ami the necessity for saving the road .and wall. t A few rocks and masses of earth were afterwards icmoveil by small charges in jumper holes, lint, in regard to charges for blastin: MJthan. kindof powder, and the uncertainty which attends them, it ir.i;' i ■. worthy of investigition, whether l\\e riiiii me nf iriiilatlini' nck.i does not follow a law nearif ti tl i- .juare, than the cube, of the line of least resist.anee. % It was '; '1 1 '' ' to have used marine glue, but there was at the time diiliculty in procuring it. Cfutta I'erc . li . • unknown, would probably be better th:in either. ¥ -^T^f^^miffim-' ^, ^^ w V ^ IMAGE EVALUATiON TEST TARGET (MT-3) &c O /. ..V 4^ .** .^i-^^ J & /. «^ I! 1.0 I.I 11.25 1^ 1^ ^ 2.0 IIIM 1.4 mil 1.6 Pl *^ ^ fliotographic Sdences Corporation 23 WIST MAIN ''TRIIT Wi&aTI-^ K.V. ;4SM (716) e>3-4S03 \ 4 <> ^\^\ y. <° ■t i-i Xi ^ ^ 192 MEMORANDA ON MINES FIREU and a boy prepared in this way 50 feet per hour. About 6 inches of each end were left uncovered, for the purpose of connecting two or more, when necessary, into con- venient lengths. The cartridges, or igniting charges, were made of cylinders of paper, 1^ inch diameter, and 6 inches long. Two pieces of wood were turned to fit tight to the ends of the cylinder — each 1 inch long, with grooves in their circumference. The wires, 18 inches long, were bent as at a, and passed through the wood 1 inch apart, bent as at b and c, and secured by hammering down. The centre of the wires between the pieces of wood was pressed together, limiting the space to |ths of an inch, which was found by experiment to be the length * best suited to the power of the battery. The platinum, or igniting wire, was fixed across the centre by } A s o -■ lapping, and soldered to secure perfect conla(:t, as at e. The paper cylinders were then put on, pressed into the grooves on the circumference of the wood, and made fast with wire. A small semicircular aperture, g, was then cut in the side of the cart> ridge thus formed, through which it was filled with the finest sporting powder, perfectly dried, and the opnning closed and secured. It was then tried by the galvanometer, and was ready for inserting into the charges. About the centre of the projecting wires two circular disks (flanges) of copper (i inch diameter) were soldered, i. These were intended to rest on the iimer surface of the bottom of the powder-box, to resist any strain, jerk, or drag on the wires in tamping. The boxes were cubical, constructed in the ordinary way, of the dimensions suited to the charge determined on, rough dovetailed, and pitched in the joints. In the bottom two small holes were made, through which the connecting wires from the cartridges passed out, the flanges above described being pressed upon the bottom. The ends of the connecting wires were then twisted, and soldered to the ends of a length of the double-prepared conducting wires, previously pro—»',l, lapped with prepared tape, bent down close to the bottom, secured and covered with pitch. * This was the result of experiment. It would be very interesting to carry out a series of ex- periments for the purp ise of dctormininR the best conditions, as to relative length and diameter, both of the platina firing wives, and the copper conducting wires. So that, when either of these con- ditions is fixed by the circumstances under which any particular e' 'ilusion has to be conducted, the other conditions may be so suited to it as to produce the maximum elTeet. IN THE PHCENIX PARK, NEAK DUBLIN. 193 The conducting wires were then coiled, and tied to the side of the box, to protect them from injury, as they had to be carried to some distance. Two cartridges were placed in each box as a precautio in the event of a failure in one, or the fracture of either platinum wire. ^,l>,:ill r.,,!!,,,,',,!!,!!,! !!!!,!- :,,!!!!!)!!!!!)!!!!!!!. y'-^ ^>^^^^^'^ '^ .•>JT ^ ^^^.>^JJ/|, • ^ff^JftJ^Jf^ ■r^^ I'he powdej" having been put in, the top of the box was secured, pitched over, tightly roped, and covered with canvass. Thus completed, they were ready for carry- ing to the mine. As the charges were lowered into the shafts, the conducting wires were uncoiled and secured on the surface of the earth above. Two joists were laid on the botiom, on which the box was slid into the chamber, and on which it rested to keep it from the damp ground. The conducting wires were pressed into deep grooves cut for their reception in the side of the shaft ; they were allowed to hang loosely within the chamber, and spring- ing from under the box were close to the ground, so that they could not be injured if a falling in of the chamber should taieighth of an inch ; then plunging these points vertically (and therefore simultaneously) into the mercury cup in which the nine mine wires were already placed. This is less elegant than the other mode, but very convenient, from avoiding any risk. The merit of the voltaic arrangements is due to Mr. Wm. Dalgleish, the ingenious mechanician of the survey ; the sinking of the shafts, and thfj more mechanical opera- tions, were conducted by Corporal Melrose, of the Royal Sappers and Miners. T. A. L. mt 'm 197 STATEMENT of the effect of tho Explosion of Fhieabms in LONG NARBow Loop-HOLEs, at Aden. By Lieutenant-Colonel C. Waddington, C.B., Bombay Engineers. The third part of the Aide Mumoire having lately come to hand, I was concerned to (ind, that the form and dimensions of the Lsop-holes, which we have generally adopted at Aden, are in many respects at variance with the rules laid down under the article PLAN of three of the Loop-holea in Has Moibut Tower, Aden. tOi Mi oj P-1 SECTION. f) 1> !) 2 f 198 EXPLOSION OF FIREARMS IN LONG NARROW LOOP-HOLES. " Loop-hole." Those paragraphs, which most attracted my attention, were tlie follow- ing:— " The length of barrel of a Musket in our service is about 3 feet 3 inches. As it is necessary that the muzzle should extend 3 inches outside of the loop to prevent inconvenience from the explosion, it is evident that the ordinary form of loop is inapplicable to a wall of a greater thickness than 2 feet 6 inches, or at most 3 feet." " The interior opening of the loop-hole, for a man to use his musket conveniently, should not be less than 2 feet wide and 1 foot six inches high." The three loop-holes, of which I inclose a drawing, fulfil neither of the above conditions. The wall is 6 feet 8 inches thick, and no modification of shape in the loop-hole has been adopted to prevent inconvenience from explosion ; and, though the interior opening has nearly the width recommended in the Aide Mumoire, its height is only 8 inches. These lnop-holes were, therefore, well adapted for experiment, and I procured the attendance, on the 26th of September, of four Madras Sappers armed with carbines, and of two Europeans with a musket. Lieutenant Smart of the Bombay Engineers was with me. The Sappers fired each 1 round of blank and 4 rounds of ball cartridge through the loop-holes. The musket was discharged once with blank cartridge, and 6 or 7 times with ball cartridge. Both Lieutenant Smart and myself fired the musket, without being sensible of the slightest inconvenience. The station for firing through the loop-holes is on the lower or hind banquettp. The musket comes to its position in the loop-hole without difliculty, and a deliberate aim is taken in perfect security. We all agreed that the shock of the explosion was no greater than is experienced in firing in the open air. The only injury dene to either of the loop-holes was from the first discharge of the musket with blank cartridge, fired into the loo]>-hole without ai.n, and probably against one of its sides, which it loosened a little. The smoke cleared off instantaneously after each discharge. The luop-holes are built with sandstone, dressed roughly and set in lime. I> It i« impossible to provide for every contingency, anc" local circumstances may render it ne- cessary to deviate fiom the rules laid down in the Aide Memoire, as found convenient at Aden.— Editor, III', 'i 109 .^ -^VP' SUBSTANCE of a Report on a Traversing Platform furnished for the Defences of Aden. By Lieut.-Colonel C. Waddington, C.B., Bombay Engineers. Some traversing platforins having been prepared for the defences of Aden, nearly similar to those figured in the Aide M^moire, Plate 6, Coast Defences, but somewhat higher, it was thought advisable to make a trial of one of them, which was accordingly put into place in the Ras Morbut Battery, commanding the anchorage. The platform traversed on a pivot working in its front transom but not passing through it The pivot was f xed in a 4-pounder, and that bedded in masonry. Iron racers had been laid for the front and hind trucks of the platform to traverse on. A 68-pounder (8-inch Miller's gun) on the usual garrison-carriage, with truck wheels in front and dumb chocks in rear, was mounted on the platform. The muzzle of the gun was ascertained to be 122 feet above high water mark. Three targets had been previously moored along the deep water channel at a distance from the battery of nearly 900 yards, and at intervals from one another of 360 yards. On the morning of the 9th September, a party of Europeans of the Madras Artillery was marched down to the battery. The gun was loaded with the service charge, 10 pounds of powder, over which was a hollow shot, weighing 56 lbs., secured with a single wad. At the first discharge, the carriage recoiled to the very end of the platform, striking the chocks there violently. The front of the platform was tilted quite off its pivot. The gun performed a summersault, falling on the rampart with its muzzle to the rear, overhanging the ditch, and the carriage 'ipon it. As the recoil assigned to this piece (No. 1, in Artillery Table, E, Page 60, Aide Memoire) is 6^ feet, with a charge of 10 lbs. of powder, there was no apprehension of such a result, and no precautions had been taken against it. On the contrary, the slides had been greased, to facilitate the running up of the carriage ; and this greasing, no doubt, assisted the recoil. To remount this heavy gun and carriage on the traversing platform, and get the latter again into its place, was an arduous under- taking, and nothing more could be effected that day. On the 11th, the practice was resumed; the following precautions being adopted to prevent a recurrence of accident. 1st. The front transom of the traversing plat- form was lashed down to the pivot gun, a 4-pounder firmly embedded in the masonry. 2nd. A breeching of 4J inch rope was passed through the perforated button or loop of the 68-pounder, and secured by its two ends to the firont eye-bolts of the platform. 3rd. The grease was removed, and the slides of the platform strewed with sand. 1th. The rear chocks of the traversing platform were each covered by a sand-^ifj;, to protect them from the shock of the recoil. As the unexpected range of the recoil on the 9th (9i feet) was attributed, in a j^rcat measure, to the greasing of the slides, it was desirable to ascertain what difference would arise from their being now covered with sand. Accordingly, the breeching was adjusted so as barely to check the recoil when (he carriage approached the end of the slides. The carriage vvaij thus nearly free, and, on the first discharge, it ^truck the siind-bagh with some violence, and tilted up the platform as fur as the cO'J Oi HI n h ■ ■'^b ;| 200 REPORT ON A TRAVRRSINO PLATFORM lashing of its front transom would permit it to rise. After the fifth and seventh discharges respectively, the breeching was shortened ; but the platform still tilted, and this continued even after the rope had been shortened a third time, so as tu cut olfthc recoil at 7 feet The cheek of the breeching rope, when thus fiirther shortened, reacted on the carriage so as to run it forward again several feet, and the strain bent the eye-bolls to which the rope was attached. The breeching was also greatly stretched, and would not probably have stood for many more rounds. After the first two rounds from the 68-pounder, its fire was directed in succession at all the three targets. The platform traversed with great focility, and did not reouirc the aid of tackle. Fair practice was made at the targets with an average interval of three minutes between the successive shots. All the shots recocheted and would have been destructive to Shipping. After 14 rounds had been fired, the pivot gun was found to be greatly shaken and the stones in rear of it shattered. The platform had dragged so much to the rear Bi to slip its hind trucks off the iron racer on which they traversed, and the racer had started one of its screws near the joining of the two pieces which compose it. The firing was then discontinued. The results of this experiment are instructive, but they rather point out the defects of these traversing platforms than their good qualities. In one most important particular they appear especially faulty, namely, the position of the hind legs, which are so far removed from that end of the platform, that it is tilted at every discharge. This tilting was plainly observable even with the shortest recoil, when, by tightening the breeching, it had been reduced to 7 feet. In this instance, the centre of gravity of the gun and carriage was in front of the hind legs of the platform, which tilted nevertheless as much as the lashings would allow. The pletform was not over- balanced, but tilted by the force of the recoil. Let us see how this acts. It is important to distinguish between this action and that of gravity, otherwise wc shall not clearly understand what remedies are required. If we suppose the gun with its carriage to be suspended from a triangle and lowered slowly into position on the hinder extremity of the pla' "^tm, it might perhaps tilt it up, which would be the simple effect of gravity. If the gun had recoiled to the same position, the tilt would have been more violent, being that due to the combined forces of recoil and of gravity. But, if the recoil be checked whilst the centre of gravity of the gun and carriage are still in front of the hinder legs, the tilting can only be caused by the recoil, the power of which to tilt, be it remarked, depends solely on the height of the gun above the rampart. The direction of the force of recoil is much elevated, being the line uf axis of the gun, which, in the late practice, was nearly parallel to the platform, but raised considerably above it, while the plat- form also stood high above tiie rampart : and the lever, with which the recoil acts, is tlie whole height from the loop of the gun to the racer, the former being the re- cipient of the recoiling force, and the latter the fulcrum of its operation. VVu know the initial momentum of the recoil to be very great, equal to that of the shot on leav- ing the gun (as action and reaction are equal and contrary). But this momentum k rapidly exhausted in pushing the heavy gun and carriage, with great friction, up the inclined plane of the platform ; and wc are surprised to find it still so ^lowerful, after pushing them back seven feet, as to raise the whole mass, platform inclusive, though the centre of gravity of that mass must have been far in front of the fulcrum. This etfect is due to the long leverage at which the recoiling force acts, and points out forcibly the disadvantage of increasing the height uf the platform. There is another obvious disadvantage in a high platform, namely the diiliculty uf jL'curely fixing the pivot on which it traverses. The whole I'orco of recoil is cuiU' FOR THE DEFENCES OF ADEN. 201 municatcd through the platform to the pivot, and acts at its upper end ; and, therefore, if the pivot project much above the rampart, the recoil has vast power to shako and drag M in tia own direction. But, though the travurtiing platforms furnished fur Aden are, I imagine, of unusual height, they do not in that respect so greatly exceed the platforms depicted in the Aide Mcmoire (Art. Coast Defences, following page 288, Plates 5 and 6) as to account for all the inconveniences experienced in the late practice. The heights of our plat- form are 4' in front, and 5* 4i" in rear (including the chocks), which heights are 6" and Si", respectively greater than those of the figures above referred to, and nearly the same as of the cast iron plat brm, in Plate No. 2, described as an authorized pat- tern. In other respects our platform has the advantage, for its projection beyond the hind legs is only 4' 2^", while the projections of those in Plates 5 and 6 are 4' 6" nnd 4' &" respectively, and our slope is also more favourable, being \6\" in 16', while the slope in Plates 5 and 6 is 14" only. An examination of Plate 5 will show that the statement of the slope therein shown as being 1 Jw" per foot is erroneous. It is the same as in Plate 6, namely } of an inch per foot. Although it is not stated in the Aide Miimuire that the traversing platforms, figured in Plates 5 and 6, have been approved of by Authority, yet I observe that the former is stated to have been *' furnished to the circular towers in England," and the Agent for manufacture of Gun Carriages in Bombay stated, that "the platform given in Plate 6, was similar to the muster Barbette platform, sent out by the Honourable Court of Directors in 1846." It further appears from that Agent's letters that the platforms, supplied for the Ras Morbut Battery, were actually constructed according to that muster, though perhaps somewhat increased in height. It is a fair conclusion from these premises, that a platform, closely resembling the platform furnished f - Ras Morbut, has been tried and found to answer ; and, as the recoil of the 8-inch gun is stated in the Aide Mumoiru to be only 6^ feet, is it not probable that a carriage without trncks, like that figured in Plate i, and in use ulso on board the Steamers, may have been used on these trials? On board the Steamers, I find the full charge, for ail but great distances, is considered to be 8 lbs. I think it is an equally just conclusion from the report now made, that the travers- ing platforms here cannot be used except with some important modifications. The following are some of the changes, which suggest themselves, to remedy their apparent defects. The platform itself may be lowered, the bed on which it traverses being raised pro- portionally. The hind legs may be moved nearer to the end of the plutform without too much weakening the cheeks, for the latter have strength sufficient for a longer hearing be- tween the front and hind logs. The front legs may bo out short, and nuuio to traverse on a oircular banquotto. This would give staliility to the pivot, and also servo as a step. The front of the platform may, or rather must, bo kept from rising. The pivot might pass quite through the front transom, and the latter be keyed down. A Key is shown in Colonel Emmett's dwarf platform ( Plate ) , Aide Meinoirc). The pivot iron would require olso to be secured to its gun by a Key running tlirough both ; and the gun must be much longer and heavier than the 4-poimder used in our late practice. The recoil may be checked by giving a greater slope to the platform. Even with the present carriage, the slope might, I think, bo made 20" to the 10 feet without in- convenience. --it il 202 UKl'OUT ON A TRAVERSING PLATFORM. Figured in Plate 1 opposite, page '2im, Aide Miimoire. Dumb Chuck8 miiy be auhstitutcd for the front wheelii of the carriage, with xmall truckfl in front to facilitate the running up of the gun as in Plate I. i Aft' r all, o breeching will probably be found indiapensable. Therefore, the front eye-bolts of the platform should be stronger, and the eyes more opened. The iron racers should be each in one piece and stronger, the iron at least 4" x i'< to be countersunk in he stone, and the edges not bevelled. The service charge of the powder may he reduced, but I do not know whether Slbs. would suffice for the longer ranges. The masonry of the parapet was somewhat injured by the firing, though not very seriously. It ought, however, to have been constructed of large blocks of sandstone, which construction has lately been adopted for the parapets of the tower. We have one of Colonel Emmet's dwarf traversing platforms here ; and I must say, that it appears to me a Setter proportioned and more serviceable platform than that which wc have lately subjected to the test of experiment. I am much inclined to the opinion, that the principal advantage of traversing platforms is to be looked for in the facility c traversing and pointing the gun, rather than in gaining cover by increased height Whatever the height be, the men employed in spunging, loading, and run- ning up the piece as well as pointing it, must be on the platform, and therefore equally exposed, and much more with a high barbette platform than with a low platform and embrasure. •'I! The travertinn platfnrma, described in Plates S and fi, In the Article " Court Defences," in the first volume of the Aide M^moirci were never intended to carry the heavy gunii of 8" calibre ; and, at the height of 122 feet, might with safety be placed in battery, en barbette, or upon very low traveling platforms on Colonel Emmet's principle."— Editors. i I t< -^f^ 2o:J i ON tho Carbonizatjon of Wood by Steam, and on some other im* portant Practical Applications of the Heatino Poweu of Sti;am. By M. VioLETTE, Commissary in the Powder and Saltpetre Department, and formerly Pupil in the Polytechnic School. Communicated, with Remarks, by Lieut.-Col. Portlock, R.E., F.R.S. My attention was first drawn to the memoir of M. Violctte, as it appeared to me to have a very important bearing on a question much discussed by geologists, namely, the change of bituminous coal into anthracite. I have said change, because the fact is now established, that in geological position, and in accompanying circumstances and fossils, there is no ditference between these two varieties of coal ; and hence as the development of bitumen in the vegetable relics which constitute coal is considered a result of chemical action under pressure, the anthracitic condition is considered a secondary result from raetamorphism. The change has by some been ascribed to the action of igneous rocks, whilst at a high temperature and at no great distance ; but by Professor Rogers of Philadelphia, it is explained by the action of steam issuing from the interior of the earth through the cracl(s consequent on earthquakes and other disturbing movements. The paper of M. Violette shows, that steam heated to a certain temperature, is, at least, an efficient cause for such a change, and is therefore highly interesting in a geological point of view ; but it has also great practical merit as regards economical application, and oti that account I have extracted it from " Annales de Chimie et de Physique," and now insert it, with some explanatory remarks where necessary, in our corps papers. In the " Aide Memoire," Vol. 2, Part 1, under the head " Gunpowder," by Major-General Fanshawe, Charcoal is noticed in two paragraphs, page 220, thus : " Charcoal is the woody fibre that remains after the liquid and more volatile parts of the wood have been educted by fire in the process of charring, which process is now usually conducted in iron cylinders instead of in charcoal pits, as formerly, as the charcoal thus produced is found to be less contaminated with foreign mixtures. " Charcoal is best for gunpowder when newly made from seasoned wood ; its good- ness is an essential point in the quality of gunpowder ; it should be perfectly charred, exhibiting throughout its section the same appearance, either dead black or shining according to the nature of the wood ; quite soft and free from extraneous particles." These remarks are generally correct, but they do not sufficiently explain the sources cf difference in the ultimate properties of charconl, and the means therefore of securing a uniform quality. M. Violctte enumerates the various modes of manufacturing charcoal, lat. In heaps in the open air as in woodlands. 2iid. By stilled com- bustion in small hemispherical vessels, also in the open air ; and, 3rdiy, by dis- tillation in cast-iron cylinders or retorts, heated by an external furnace, as in the manufacture of vinegar or pyroligneous acid. All these methods are, however, de- fective in a very essential point, namely, the regulation of the temperature, the experiments of M. Violette having fully proved that the quality of the charcoal VOL. I. E E r/>] i-'f HI '*'"', i 31 m w n'Ij (111 204 ON THE CARBONIZATION OF WOOD MY STEAM. depends mater. ^Ily on the temperature at which it is produced — a fact indeed pre- v'ously known. When wood is carbonized in close vessels, and great heat is applied, the charcoal produced is very black, being deprived of almost all the volatile hydroginized substances, whilst a more moderate heat produces a reddish charcoal, nearer in character to wood, anl still rich in volatile principles. This latter quality is that suited to the manufacture of the finest sporting gunpowder, and the txact temperature at which it is produced was the first object of M. Violette's researches, as the product is still wood at a lower, and nt a higher becomes one of the black charcoals. The apparatus he used was (Plate 1, Fig. 1) a large glass tube a, in which whs an alloy composed of bismuth 1 part, lead 4 parts, tin 3J parts, and fusible at 320-' Fahr. This tube is suspended to the upper edge of the glass chimney, v, of a Carcel lamp, I., by which the temperature of the metallic bath can be readily regulated, and, by a proper adjustm-jnt of the wick, maintained for several hours at a uniform intensity. In the bath is plunged a mercurial thermometer, c, carefully graduated to 662°, a limit which should not be passed, as it is the boiling point of mercury. In the bath three tubes, b, are plunged : they are closed at the lower ends, and into them are in- troduced the small pieces of wood, i, to be carbonized, which can be withdrawn by means of the platinum tvires, o, to which they are attached. The wood is thus kept at the required temperature, without a sensible contact with the air. Ist Experiment. Temperature 392°. The wood, after exposure to this heat for one hour, was not converted into charcoal, it was merely browned, and did not blacken paper by friction. '. ■ 2nd Experiment. Temperature 482°. The wood after an hour has entirely lost its original colour, and acquired that of red charcoal ; but It is hard, resisting, tenacious, brittle, scarcely marks paper, and is easily scraped; it is not converted into charcoal. After two hours, at the same temperature, it has the colour of red charcoal, is still hard and resisting, though less so than before, and strongly marks paper with a yellowish red streak. It burns with a flame, as did the preceding, but the combustion is not maintained. The surface of the wood is, in fact, converted into good charcoal, whilst the interior continues wood. It is therefore only an imperfect charcoal. After exposure for three hours to the same temperature, the wood is converted into a red, hard, resisting, brittle charcoal, which strongly marks paper with a yellow red st<'eak. It burns with flame, but the combustion is not continued. In a mortar it separates into woody fibres, which are readily reduced to a reddish powder. This kind of charcoal seems to be an intermediate state between true charcoal and wood ; it is neither one nor tho other, but, as it is eaiiily pulverized, it may be assumed, that if powder were made of it, it would be of a superior quality. The general result of this experiment, therefore, is, that wood exposed for any length of time to a temperature of 482° is only imperfectly carbonized. 3rd Experiment. Temperature 340°. After exp'isure to this heat for an hour, the wood is converted iiito a very good red charcoal, still tolerably hard, though easily pulverized, and leaving on paper a strong sepia streak. It burns with flame, and the combustion gradually spreads through the fragment of charcoal, 100 milligrammes (1.54 grains) of wood yielded 42 milligrammes ( '65 grain) of charcoal. The wood exposed to the heat for two hours v■^a converted into a good red charcoal, more perfect than the lust, as possessing superior (lualities. Its yellow streak on ON THE CARBONIZATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. 206 paper was more marked, and it was more friable. It burnt with ilame and more actively than the preceding. The return of charcoal was in this case 40 per cent After three hours, the wood was converted into a still better charcoal. The streak was more marked, and its combustion more vivid. The return of charcoal was 36 per cent. 4th Experiment. Temperature 630°. Wood exposed to this heat for half an hour was changed into a charcoal, still red, but less so than the products of the preceding experiments, although it possessed the same physical properties. It was tender, friable, and easily pulverized, being in feet, a more perfectly burnt charcoal. The return was 35 per cent. The wood in all the experiments was Rhamnus Frangula, or Alder Buckthorn *, containing 6 per cent, of water, and having been several years in storb : and this fact was established, that the lowest temperature at which it is possible to convert wood into the best red charcoal varies between 540° and 630° of Fahrenheit. At 482° the product is an imperfect charcoal ; at 540^ the product is a red charcoal ; above 630° the product is a black charcoal. The quantity of charcoal decreases with the increase of temperature, and with the same temperature the quantity decreases with the length of the experiment ; though it is probable that, after a certain time, the volatile matters having been entirely nx- pelled, the decomposition would cease, and the amount obtained by carbonization be- come constant It is evident then, that an augmentation of temperature beyond the boiling point of mercury, must be injurious to the quality, and lessen the quantity, of charcoal obtained ; and as, by ordinary distillation in cylinders, it is scarcely practi- cable to limit the heat with precision, some other system appeared desirable. The first attempt to effect this object by highly heated steam was made by Messrs. Thomas and Laurens, Civil Engineers, in the manufacture of animal black or charcoal, and the success of their experiments induced M. Violette to apply the same agent to the carbonization of wood, as he considered it possible to maintain the temperatr.re within the necessary limits, either by adjustment of the cock by which the vapour was admitted, or by regulating the fire which heats the serpentine through which t'.io steam passes after leaving the generating boiler. The trial apparatus for this purpose is re- presented in Fig. 5. It was sufficiently large to hold 2 lbs. 3| oz. avoirdupois, and therefore a great extension, as to quantities, o^' the first trials to determine temperature. With the charcoal thus manufactured, were made 175 lbs. of extra tine sporting powder, which on trial with an Eprouvette, was found to be superior to powder made at the same time, and up.lcr similar circumstances, with the ordinary charooal by distilla- tion. The return in charcoal was also greater, amounting to 42 per cent., whereas, by the old process, it rarely rose to 33 per cent., and was generally between 28 and 33 per cent., so that, even in this respect, there would be a considerable saving in an establishment which consumes annually 6025 lbs. of charcoal in the manufacture of sporting powder. The experimental apparatus will be readily understood by an in- spection (if Figs. 5 and 6 ; a is a copper cylinder pierced with holes to receive the wood for carbonization ; 6, mouth of the cylinder, closed by a screw disc or plate, when the wood has been introduced ; c, copper cylinder, surrounding the cylinder o, the heated steiim circulating between the two cylinders before it enters the inner cylin- der a 1 d, copper cylinder, surrounding the preceding apparatus so as to prevent re- frigeration by contact with the external air; e, e, moveable lids of the cylinder d; /, 'I' In a triiiulnl ion of this invmoir which I have Keen since I wrote my translation, in the Patent Journal, the iiaiuv of the woml lia.s licvii erronuiiusly iirintc introduced into the cylinder K. The course of the operation i ON THE CARBONIZATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. 207 in Ihia apparatus, and virtually in the small experimental apparatus previously de- scribed, is as follows. Tha stea.n proceeding from the boiler, d, circulates in the serpentine, c, enters by the rear of the cylinder, H, is spread over the lid p, and passes between the two cylin- ders, H and K, both of which it strongly heats, and then enters k at its anterior end. It now bathes, as it were, the wood, and penetrates into its pores, heating it to such an extent as to induce distillation of its volatile constituents, and then escapes with them by the tube l. The apparatus has now been at work at Esquerdes for more than i year, is still in effective order, and will be so for a considerable time. It has already made 5521 ibs. of good charcoal, and is more than equal to the demand of the two powder mills at Esquerdes, as it could supply charcoal equivalent to the manufacture of 883 Ibs. of gunpowder per diem. The following remarks will serve as a guide to the engineer who wishes to carry this operatidti into effect, and will enable him to estimate the importance of each step in the process. It has been shown luut a definite temperature is required for the production of a definite quality of charcoal, and this object is attained by the use of steam. The fire having been lighted and the serpentine heated, the cock is opened and the steam ad- niitted, which, acquiring a high temperature in its passage through the serpentine, enters the outer cylinder, H, and after passing between it and k, enters k, and insinu- ating itself into the pores of the wooU, produces the effects above detailed to such an extent that not a trace of tar is left in the cylinder, all being expelled as by a piston. The charcoal is always of superior quality, being black or red according to the tempe- rature and the time of operation, but never covered with a varnish or shining coat of dried pitch, which reduces charcoal to an inferior quality, which is usually reserved for mining powder. As the quality of the charcoal depends entirely on the temperature, it is necessary to have the means of knowing that it continues constant during the operation ; and as a mercu?ial thermometer could not be used, the boiling point of mercury being too near the temperature required, and an air thermometer was not readily applicable, M. Violette made use of fusible alloys for the purpose, by means of the apparatus shown in Fig. 2, Plate 1 : a is a small hollow copper tube, closed at one end, and the other entering into the cylinder k ; it contains a small cylinder of either tin, lead, or an alloy. A small iron rod or needle, c, rests on the cylinder, and is surmounted by a weight, d, which causes the iron rod to sink down when the fusible metal or alloy melts. There are four tubes of this description, which, by a proper choice of alloys, give a range of temperature from 450° to 720°. By the use of the enveloping cylin- der, M, it is easy to introduce or withdraw the charge of wood, and as it if made either of metallic wire, or of thin cast iron pierced with holes at about "'8 to 1" apart and "'4 in diameter, by which the flame is prevented from passing outwards, even should the charcoal ignite on its removal from the apparatus. Tension of the Steam. — This is an important consideration, as the steam must be considered not merely as a vehicle for conveying heat, but also as a mechanical agent to drive away the bituminous substances produced by distillation. If the tension were allowed to be too low, the steam would not be able to expel the tar, and a varnished or inferior charcoal would be the result. This glazed charcoal was by experiment found to be produced whenever the tension of the vapour was so low as ^ atmosphere above the ordinary pressure : at J atmosphere above ordinary pressure a good charcoal was obtained ; and at 1 atmosphere above, or a total tension of 2 atmospheres, the working of the apparatus was perfect. Zil G>} cO'j p-il -^1 3i\ 208 ON THE CARBONIZATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. li \ '< Fuel. — For the furnace which heats the tsteam-boiler coal was employed, and for heating the serpentine wood was at first used, as it was considered unsafe to allow the sulphureous vapours of coal to cone in contact with the iron of the serpentine, but coke has replaced the wood with advantage. Manipulation. — The charge of wood is from 55 to 66 lbs. in the morning the attendant lights the fire of the steam-boiler, and when the gauge indicates a pressure of one atmosphere, he lights the fire which heats the serjientine ; after a quarter of an hour he opens the two doors of the apparatus, introduces the charging cylinder, m, applies the closing lid, the circular edge of which had previously been smeared with a thin layer of clay, turns the fixing screw firmly, and closes both doors. After 10 minutes, when the clay will be tolerably dried, he opens the steam-cock, and the steam rushes into the apparatus. Experience will soon enable him to manage the fire so as to keep up a right and constant action of the flame which he can also watch through the glass aperture a. After some time, the metallic thermometer indicates that the tin has fused, and the steam, by its smell and colour, then shows that carbonization has commenced, as it is already mixed with the first products of distillation. The vapour thickens, and successively assumes aspects which are certain guides to the experienced operative, as, by attending to them, he is sure of his results. Two hours after carbonization or distillation has commenced, the smoke indicates that the operation has ceased, and it is important to remove the product immediately, as con- tinued exposure for even 4 minutes would be sufficient to change the red into black charcoal. Two attendants take up the large receiving cylinder of cast-iron, 21 "^ in diameter, and about 4' fieet long, and stand ready to receive the charcoal. The chief attendant shuts off the steam, opens the doors, slackens the retaining screw, and seizes with wooden handles which he holds in his hand, the projecting ends of the transverse bar J ( Fig. 8, Plate 2) which supports the lid, removes and plunges it into water ; he seizes in the same manner, the closing lid of the cylinder, gives it a slight circular move- ment so as to detach the clay, removes and plunges it also into water. The workmen now hold the receiving cylinder horizontally before the mouth of the exterior cylin- der, H, and hold it so as to close the orifice; the chief attendant introduces, by the tube, L, a long iron rod, by which he pushes forward the envelope, M, Fig. 10, Plate 2, which glides on with its charge of charcoal, and is received into the receiver, which the attendants remove immediately, place it on the ground, and having closed it with a lid, and surrounded with water the hydraulic cement with which the receiver is secured, the charging cylinder M (Fig 10, Plate 2) is now replenished, and the operation repeated ; but as the apparatus has now been heated, the second charge begins to be carbonized in a quarter of an hour, and the operation is completed in two instead of three hours, and at about the sixth charge, the time is reduced to 14 hour. N.B.— The term red Is useil for the saKe of simplicity throughout this translation, althouf^h the wotil " roux " means a tint between yellow and red, such as that of red hair, or rather a ferruginous tint. .r^'- f ■ill !'l;;!,r i. ON TUT. CARUONI/ATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. 209 The following Tabic gfives the statistics of the operation, both as regards fuel and product. And it must be observed that two qualities of charcoal only are sought, namely, very red, for the finest sporting gunpowder, and black, or less red, for ar- tillery and mining purposes. ,9 Ui Quantities. 1 M g" Product In 11 i it "S at i ft II a il lh!i. Wood used in heat serpentine. Wood subjected to carbonization. l.'harcoal. 1 h S.'o Krmarks, i 1 i a i i a 1 n !. 1-2 h. m. lbs. 11)8. 1 9. 4 2 18 265 192 221 1 761 7 .34 '5, The steam boiler was 4 2 25 265 225 221 82i •A 37-4 kept heated for 13 hours 5 2 23 269 212 276.^ 95 3 34 '4 without interruption, that 4 2 19 256 144 221 76 a; 34'2 is, from 6 in the morning 4 2 2 260 176 221 77i % 33-1 till 7 in the evening, and 4 2 20 276 ; 192 221 75i lo; 34-1 i the coal stated to have been 8 2 18 252 159 166 39 31 33-6 used was that consumed 3 2 10 254 1.50 166 57 n 34-3 (luring that period. The 5 1 33 269 234 276', 89i 32'3 serpentine was at first 4 1 51 236 196 221 74i ..• 33-8 heated by wood, but after 5 2 18 260 161 309 I13i ... 36-8; February, 1848, coke has 5 2 21 254 157 287 105 36 -6, been used, anil the propor- 5 2 20 188 179 320 114,^ 3i .3571 tion of 11 to 13 lbs. for 4 2 22 181 126 265 1 98 11 37 each charge. In the experiments thus detailed, the red charcoal obtained was of a fine quality, and admirably fitted for the manufacture of the best sporting powder. In the buck- thorn used for carbonization, the proportion of moisture was from 10 to 12 pur cent., and the general mean of the results may be thus stated per cent. Red Charcoal. 36-30 Black Charcoal. 00 Imperfect Charcoal. 166 And if the moisture were deducted from the gross weight of wood, the retam would be 40*20 per cent. As the object was to obtain the red charcoal, M. Violette pre- ferred the production of a little imperfect charcoal to that of black charcoal, which might at any time bo obtained by a slight augmentation of temperature, or by pro- tracting the operation a little longer. The inipeifect charcoal being again subjected to the process makes excellent charcoal. The wood which has been led during the night in the apparatus, still continuing h( d from preceding operations, becomes so dry as to be carbonized very quickly in the next morning, and therefore with a great saving of fuel. In the Esquerdes establishment, six charges were carbonized each day. The daily consumption of coal varies between 177 lbs. and 265 lbs., and for 2'21 lbs. of charcoal produced, the con- sumption of wood for heating the serpentine, varies from 331 to 442 lbs., or of coke from 126 lbs. to 177 lbs., that is, 175 lbs. of coal or 67 lbs. of coke for each 100 lbs. of charcoal ; but these quantities will be much diminished by the use of the im|)roved apparatus to be afterwards described. To compare the relative products of this mode of carbonization, and of the old ! c/3| Nature of Powder. Mean of ten trials with Eprouvette, Balistic Pendulum, Charge 43 oz. Rkmarks. Powder under Trial. Powder, Proof. Velocity of Ball. Fine sporting powder. Superfine Do. . . Extra fine Do., for- merly royal. „ 1800 19-80 21-35 14" 15 17-05 17-30 Feet. 1168i ) 1173i [■ 1253i j Extreme fO't-K" ''•''• 2?+ difference|S.^,-g°: ;; 2| l" The density of the powder was 0-860 for the two first, and 862 for the last. In these experiments the uniformity of strength is about equal to that of the proof powder, whilst the absolute strength is very considerably greater. The regulations of the French Powder Department require for each denomination the following veloci- ties of ball. Fine, I082i feet; superfine, 1148 feet; extra fine, 1230 feet per second, each of which is less than that obtained from the ate.Aia charcoal powder ; and in the Eprouvette the powder is rejected if the number of degrees falls short by more than l^-S' of that given by the proof powder, whereas in these trials it has uniformly ex- ceeded it. This part of the subject may be closed by a summary of M. Violette's observations on the efll'cts of iiiicertainty in the nature of the charcoal. VOL. I. Ft' I'M :f ^11 ON THE CARBONIZATION OK WOOD BY STKAM. l-\<: M^ iHl If ■i": • : ■,; ), 1 , .; ■ i'4> ''f: nil In ordinary sporting powder the proportions are for esich 100:— sulphur, 10; salt- petre, 78 ; charcoal, 12 ; but such a definition is most uncertain so long as the nature of the charcoal is undefined, since the black charcoal procured from different pro- cesses, and even the several varieties of red, are, in fact, different substances. It is thus that the powder manufactured at Ripault, with charcoal made in iron cauldrons, the percentage at the utmost being 20, differs essentially from that made at Esquerdes, with charcoal the percentage of which was between 30 and 40 ; and it is probable that, under the same weight, these two forms of charcoal do not contain the same amount of carbonized and hydrogenized principles. This is evidently a subject of great interest as regards the improvement of powder, and M. Violette purposes to undertake a close chemical examination of all the varieties of charcoal produced. In a preliminary experiment, he founo, that, whilst by very careful calcination the black charcoal lost only 21 per cent, of its weight, the red lost 42 per cent., so that the red charcoal actually contained twice the quantity of volatile matter, and a third less of real charcoal ; the composition of the powder becoming comparatively thus : — Black charcoal used .... 78 saltpetre ; sulphur, 10 ; charcoal, 12. If red, and the same apparent weighto 78 „ „ 10 „ 8-77. I shall only add to this brief sketch of M. Violette's views on this very important part of his subject one remark : namely, that in the red charcoal true carbonization can scarcely be said to have commenced, though the coherence of the fibrous tissue has been destroyed, and a large portion of the volatile matter expelled. The colour is probably due to the development of the peroxide of iron, which is afterwards veiled by the intense black colour of the charcoal when fully formed. The application of heated steam to other chemical processes has also been f'\ed, and M. Violette is of opinion that, by a judicious regulation of the temperature, the result of distillation may be so modified as to insure a larger quantity of vinegar, of spirit, or of tar, as the necessity of the case may require. Of other applications of this process mentioned by M. Violette, I shall only notice those to the baking of bread and biscuit, and to the cooking of meat. In 1846 M. Violette submitted to the Academy of Sciences a memoir on this subject, and pointed out that steam, heated to 482^, afforded an "xcellent means of baking bread. Steam at a pressure of 1 to 2 atmospheres had indeed been applied to this purpose, by causing it to circulate between two enveloping cases of the oven, but in that arrange- ment only a small oven could be used. In M. Violette's arrangement, the oven may be of any requisite size, the loaves may be placed in successive tiers, so that any number may be baked in an hour, by the current of heated vapour passing through them. The dough immersed for half an hour in vapour heated to 482° was perfectly baked, exhibiting a pleasing gilded colour, and possessing a sweet agreeable flavour. A loaf 4 J lbs. weight was thus baked, and M. Violette considers the process fitted as Well for the finest pastry as for common bread, and as ut once economical and ex- peditious. Applied to the baking of sea biscuits for the Navy, it accomplishes by one process what is now effected by two, viz., baking in the oven, and drying afterwards in a stove i excellent biscuit was thus made ready for packing in half an hour. The Minister of Marine purposely sent an engineer to Esquerdes to witness the operation, and it will be doubtlessly tried on a large scale for the French marine. I am enabled by the able officer who presides over the victualling establishment at the Clarence yard to give the following statistics of that cstablisliniunt. I'lic biscuit is baked in ovens heated by flues ; facli oven requires SUi lbs. of coal for u day's work ; each baking occupies 20 minutes. The charge is 1 cwt., and the quantity baked per day 48 cwt. ON THE CAUBONIZATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. 213 The biscuit requires 3 days' drying in the drying room before it can be paciced up. At present we have not the means of comparing these quantities with those of the steam process. Mr. Grant's data give a proportion of about I lb. of fuel to 64 lbs. of biscuit. The production of charcoal by steam required, with the original appa- ratus, 2'8 lbs. of fuel' for 1 lb. of charcoal, and that would doubtless be reduced below 2 lbs. with the proposed modifications. It is, however, difficult to reduce the one process to the other. As the time of exposure is less than one fourth that required for making charcoal, it may at least be assumed that the quantity of fuel for 1 lb. of biscuit could not be more than a quarter of a pound, supposing the same temperature necessary ; that is, 1 lb. of fuel would bake and dry elfectually 4 lbs. of biscuit ; but there are here no volatile products, such as tar, &c., to be removed, and a temperature of only 482° is required, whereas perfect carbonization to the point of red charcoal is effected at a temperature between 572° and 630°, so that it may be reasonably believed that 1 lb. of fuel would bak : at least the same quantity as in the Clarance yard esta. blishment. and at the same time effect a perfect drying of the biscuit. Meat mav be roasted in the same way, and wood dried ; the first of these objects is important, as affording an amelioration of the soldier's diet, now limited, as regards flesh, to boiled meat; and the latter is of the highest importance as regards our marine, always keeping in view the great difference between the action of steam at the ordinary tem- perature and pressure and that of highly heated steam, which is one of the most powerful of desiccating agents. The French Minister of War has already seen the value of such a ready and effec- tual mode of drying timber, and it is hoped that it will, ere long, engage the attention of the British Admiralty, and of the Carriage Department of the Ordnance. J. E. P. F F 2 S •^1 t-timmmnjr*'- osed by a ^tone) at the point marked («) in the plan. These hoses were, however, fired by % port fire, and the result was similar to the previous one, The demolition was most complete, and the magazine now presents the appearance of a shapeless mass of ruins. NuMBKH OF Men and Time employed in the demolition. No. of Men. No. of Hours. Date, 1047. 1 N. C. 0. 6 Men 8h March 24 » 8 „ 81 ., 25 9 „ 8i „ 26 11 „ 4 ., 27 10 „ 8 „ 29 i» O It 8 „ 30 »» o M 8 „ 31 10 „ 9 April 1 »» 9 » 4 „ 3 »» " >i 94 ., 5 11 „ 94 „ 6 2 « 30 „ 8 „ 7 Two men were also employed during the above time making powder bags, and making and filling powder hose. Owing to the nature of the work in question, it was not considered necessary to keep a regular diary of its progress, the execution of some of the galleries being attended with great difficulty, and that of others with comparative ease. From obser- vation it was found that, before making the fires in or along the walls, it took two men about 24 hours to complete the gallery and chamber. After the fires were re- sorted to, it was found that, on an average, only 16^ hours were required to complete the same with the same number of men. Of this 16^ hours, the men were only 12 hours actually at work at the mines, the remaining 4J hours being occupied in making the fire to thaw the mortar, and in allowing the stones to cool. The formation of each required half an hour. If the work had been executed in summer, there would have been no necessity for using fires, and consequently the men might have had the chambers ready tor the re- ception of the charges in 1 2 hours. The men did not work except during the regular working hours, with the customary intervals of breakfast and dinner. The galleries were of no particular size or dimensions, being made as small as con- venience and the nature of the masonry would allow, care at the same time being taken that the bottoms of the chambers should be all on the same level. The tools used were crowbars, masons' picks, iron wedges, and sledge hammers. '^1 < i] I •• 216 DRMOUTION OF THE OLD MAdAZINK AT IIAMFAX. The lamping won effected by a party of '2 N. C. O. ond 2)0 men. I commenced laying the charges at 6.^ a.m., and by 2 p.m. tliey were all ready for fiftng, with tlie exception of connecting them by the ho«e along the centre of the magazine. The demolition of the magazine not being considered in the light of an experiment, the method adopted was used os the one considered most likely cflt'ctually to accom- plish it with the least expense. From kxamining the angle of the magazine left standing after the first explosion, and firom observing (hat a great portion of the circle, from the springing line about half way up to the crown, was left standing, not having been in any way affected by the foiling of the portion opposite, I do not think that, by using " alternate charges not opposite to one another," the demolition would have been effectually accomplished unless these charges were considerably increased, and thereby causing a violent de- molition ; a result which it was of the greatest importance to avoid, on account of the situation of the building. Henry Phili.potts, Lieut. Royal Engineers. ^''1 Co -^p QI7 ACCOUNT of tho Opkhations performed in the Field Day which took pluce at Chatham, on the I Itli August, 1818, in tlie prcMOuw of Lieijt.-Okneiial Siu James L. Lohiiin'>ton, G.C.I)., Chuirman; Majok-Oeneuai. a. Galloway, Deputy ('hainiu>n ; and the Couiit OK DiiiEOTOus of the HoNotiUAHLE East Inijia Company ; the HoNouiiAiiLE Fox Maijlk, Secretary at War ; and Majou- Genekal Sib J. F. Burooyne, K.C 13., luspectf General of Fortifications. In carrying on the instruclion of tho junior officers and men, both of the Royal and Koat India Company's Engineers and Sappers and Miners, in the spring of the year 1848, parallels, approaches, and batteries were thrown up on the practice ground of the Royal Engineer Establishment, in the space comprehended between the permanent worl(8 on the left of Chatham lines, and the old field works extending from Prince Edward's Bastion to Terrace Bastion ; and in the months of July and August, worlds representing ordinary siege operations were pushed forward by the flying sap, and by the regular single tnd double saps, until a lodgment was made upon tho glacis of the ravelin, as shown in th>; pluns (x and z). Simultaneously with the latter part of the attack, countermines were mode by officers and men representing the besieged force. With the view to the further instruction of the officers and men of the Royal Engineer Establishment, and also to impart information on siege operations lo some of the officers and men of the garrison of Chatham, it was determined, by permission of Colonel James Simpson, the Commandant, to have a field-day of engineer opera- tions ; and the Court of Directors of the Honourable East India Company signified their intention to be present, and fixed Friday, the 11th of August, 1848, for the occasion. The operptions were divided into four heads : — Istly. The escalade of the outer line of permanent works ; 2ndly. The occupation of the treuches above stated, by driving the garrison within the inner line ; Srdly. The capture of that line, by breaching the ravelin by mines, and afterwards storming the breach ; And 4thly. By an attack on the Duke of Cumberland's and the Terrace Bastions. Ol GENEBAI. DESCRIPTION OF THE ilBLHV OPEBATIONS. (See Plan No. 1.) The troops representing the garrison, under the command of Lieut-Colonel T. E. Kelly, of the Provisional Battalion, consisted of a squadron of Dragoons under the command of Captain J. H. Pilgrim, of the 15th Hussars ; a company of Sap|)ers and Miners, under the command of Captain D. W. Tylee, of the Royal Engineers ; the Provisional Battalion, under Lieut.- Colonel T. E. Kelly ; the Royal Marine Artillery commanded by Lieut. G. A. Schomberg, R.M.A.; and the Royal Marines, under Lieut. -Colonel T. Stevens, R.R!. The attacking force was divided into four columns; — 1st. A column of reserve, under llic command of Captain VV. K. Stuart, of the (>(iih Regiment. O' 18 ACCOUNT OF THE OPERATIONS AT CHATHAM. i'rk 2iid. The right column, consisting of Royal and East 'ndia Company's Sappers and Miners, un('er the command of Captain J. G. M'Ker . ,, of the Royal Engineers; 3rd. The centre column, composed of the Royal Artillery, under the command of Captain W. T. Crawford, R. A., and of the right wing of the 17th Regiment, under tl;e command of Lieut,- Colonel P. M'Pherson, C.B,, I7th Regiment. And 4th. The left wing of the 1 7th Regiment, under the command of Lieut.- Colonel J. Stoyte, of the 17th Regiment, formed the left column. The three columns of attack were drawn up, in Echellon, at " quarter distance," near the Gillingham Road, at about 300 yards from the ramparts. The column of reserve was posied at some distance to the rear, in Gillingham Lane. In front of bo the centre and the left columns 24 ladders were placed ; one half for the scarp, and the other half for the counterscarp. Under the command of Captain M'Kerlie, R.E., were two boats, with officers and crews, having powder-bags, for the purpose of breachin? the stockade on the left of the lines, as well as the brick inclosure wall of the tire-barns, which formed the key of the left of the position. On the order being given to advance, the three columns and the parties with the ladders moved on together, and the boats were pulled towards the landing place. The sentries of the fortress gave notice of the approa'ih of the assailants by firing their muskets, and the garrison marched down to the ramparts, and lined the parapet, opening a heavy fire upon the advancing columns. The light company of the 17th Regiment, and skirmishers of the Sappers and Miners, were thrown out to cover the whole front of attack. They moved up at " the double," to the crest of the glacis, laid down, and maintained a sharp fire on the gunners and infantry of the garrison. In the meanwhile the columns advanced with their ladders, and when near the foot of the glacis, the lefl column, being attacked by a sortie of cavalry, " formcu square," and opened a fire upon their assailants. Tie reserve, posted behind a fence, where they were secure from attack, opened a flanking fire on the cavalry, who after three successive attempts to force the square, retired within the lines. The boats' crews pulled up the creek ; the detachments of Sappers and Miners landed from them, and by exploding charges of jjunpow der against the stockade and boundary wall of the fire-barns, made practiwible breaches in both. (See Appendix, A and B.) The column of Sappers and Miners then rushed forward, and, by driving the enemy from the fire-bams and occupying them, turned the flank of the position, and the scalade was the more readily eflectcd !• the centre and left columns, who, on mounting the ramparts and gaining possession of the j;i:ns in battery, deployed on the terreplcin, .ind opened a fire on the retreating troops. This may be supposed to be the close of the fir*t operaiious. The general arrangements for the attack and defence were directed by Colonel Sir ['"rederic Smilh, K. H., oftho Royal Engineers. Lieut.- Colonel A. R. Harrison, R. A., directed the Royal Artillery operations of the day. Captain C. Fanshawe, of the Royal Engineers, conducted the escaloi'e, and after- wards assi'itod in the general arrangements of the attack. Captain H. iSt. George Ord, of th( Royal Engineers; Lieut. Lane Fox, of the Grenadier (iuards ; Lieut. A. C. Glcig, of the Royal Artillery ; and Ensign Dow- biggi'u, ot'llic 71st Highlanders., "''led as stafl'-oHicers. ACCOUNT OF THE Ol'EUATIONS AT CHATHAM. •219 SECOND OPERATIONS. The garrison retreated, disputing the ground between the outer and inner lines by occupying the reverse of the trenches, from which, by the advance of the assailants, they wer successively driven, until at length they retired to the interior of the inner line. The guns and howitzers of the ramparts of the outer line were turned upon the garrison by the Royal Artillery, who headed the second column of attack. The assailants, having at length occupied the fourth parallel, the trench cavalier, and the lodgement on the glacis, briskly returned the fire of the garrison, which was kept up from the left face of the ravelin and the right fa(« of the Duke of Cumber- land's Bastion. The parapets of these works were furnished with loop-holes, formed of logs of wood and sand>bags. THIKD OPERATIONS*. Captain the Hon. Alexander Gordon, and Lieut. Lane Fox, of the Grenadier Guards, and Lieut. H. Y. D. Scott, of the Royal Engineers, as part of the garrison, having formed mines under the trench cavalier and the heads of the two saps, and notice having been given of their intention to fire them, the more advanced parties of the besiegers were withdrawn, to avoid accidents. ( See Appendix C. ) The explosions having destroyed the works against which they had been directed, the Sappers and Miners, under Captain J. G. M'Kerlie, R. E., were pushed forward, and crowned the entonnoi.*g by flying sap. The assailants finally fired three charges, which had been placed by Captain P. I. S. Barry, Royal Engineers, under the salient of the ravelin ; and two behind the counterscarp, forming thereby a practicable breach in the scarp, and an easy descent into the ditch. The garrison retired from the ravelin as the besiegers ascended the breach ; and, on the latter having completed their lodgement, the "cease firing" was sounded. FOURTH OPERATIONS. In order the better to practise the officers and soldiers employed, the following change took place in their disposition. The former garrison became the assailants, with the addition of two companies of Sappers and Miners ; r.nd the former assailants, with one company of Suppers and Miners, became tin; garrison of the front, comprehended between the salients of the Duke ot Cumberland's and the Terrace Bastions. The cavalry were also now added to the besieging forfo. The Sappers and Miners of the garrison were ctationed in the redoubt, in the parapet of which they placed 1'2 fougasses. They also lodged charges under the stockade at the gorge of that work. The attack commenc'i'il by a brisk fire of musketry from the first parallel, and of artillery from the batteries in front of it. The garrison returned this fire with its artillery, and with musk' 'try protected by a loop-holed parapet. The assailants gradually advanced along the approaches; and, aided by a sharp fire from the advaiced trenches, a company of Sappers and Miners carried the redoubt by escalade. Tlie garrison retri-ated from this work, previously lighting the hoses attached to the toiigassos, and to llio charges under the stockade. + Tlii.sin;iy in !i)m'i>iviMl to l)f Ihc rt'suniiUioiiDf a sioHcoiicrutupn suspcndeil for want of means i and, on the arrival of reiiiforeemi'nt.s, the .slow process of n regular skbc was i nvertert into an " allmiue aivdcrc." VOL. 1. « (i to] o\ P-1 ^1 ^1 sit ix'l 31 I 220 ACCOUNT OF THE OPERATIONS AT CHATHAM. The assailants, observing these matches burning, retreated, and immediately after- wards the 12 fougasses exploded, and levelled the parapet, whilst simultaneously there- with the stockade was effectually breached by the explosion of the charges placed under it, so that the cover which that work wouW otherwise have afforded was destroyed. (See Plans 8, 9, 10, 11.) The assailants next fired three charges, which had been placed by Captain D. W. Tylee, of the Royal Engineers, assisted by officers and men of the East India Com- pany's Service, under the salient of the Duke of Cumberland's Bastion. ( See Ap- pendix F.) These mines made a breach of easy ascent, which was then stormed by the left wing of the attacking force, while the right wing advanced with ladders and escaladed the Terrace Bastion. The cavalry, at the same time, advanced to the curtain, and rode through the barrier, which had been opened by the Sappers and Miners, who first mounted the breach. Frederick Smith, Colonel Royal Engineers, Director. I Field State of the Troops engaged in the Siege Operations at Chatham, on the 11th of August, 1848. Regiment, Corps, or Dep6t. g a Cavalry Depot I ... i 2 Royal Artillery ' j Royal Engineers and Royal 1 j Sappers and Miners }\ ■ East India Company's En- 1 gineers. Sappers and ^ ... Miners, &c J IThe 17th Regiment ] 2 I Royal Marine Artillery I ... Royal Marines ' 1 Provisional Battalion i 1 4 10 Total engaged ' 6 | 25 KEEPING GROUND. Royal Marines. Invalid Depot . 2 4 40 22 17 1 3 13 102 I Total keeping ground General Total I 6 25 |102 i 9 3 6 12 31 3 21 74 153 4 10 14 167 3 t^ 15 8 21 48 48 j4 a 46 147 284 3 o H 54 162 343 ""^ 87; 520 593 53 57 248 286 801 922 2161 2504 104 108 200 210 304 318 2465 2822 ACCOUNT OF THE OPERATIONS AT CHATHAM. t>-21 APPENDIX A. REPORT of the Construction of a Stockade, erected near the Bathing Pond, and breached by Gunpowder, on the 1 1th of August, 1848. ( Sketch No. 2. ) A stockade was erected across the isthmus which separates the loft ditch of St. Mary's Homwork from the Bathing Pond, to secure the left flank of the position ; and the adjoining inclosure-wall of the fire bams was loop-holed for the same object. The stockade was composed of timbers, of an average length of about 12 feet, placed un their ends, in a trench 3 feet deep. The ground was well rammed, so as to give the timbers a firm hold ; and the timbers were connected together by means of ribands, about 12 inches wide and 4 inches thick, which were firmly spiked to them. A breach was eifected on the 11th of August, 1848, at the north end of the stock- ade, BufBcient for the passage of about 12 men abreast, by the explosion of two charr^s of gunpowder, each consisting of 100 lbs., and separated from each other by an interval of 6 feet. Both charges were placed in waterproof bags, to each of which there was attached 6 feet of Bickford's fuze. To each charge were added three bags, each containing about 1 cwt. of common earth, which were placed, one on the top and one at either end of the charge. The charges were fired simultaneously *. W. C. Henderson, Ensign E. I. C. Engineers. APPENDIX B. REPORT of the Breaches made by Gunpowder, in the Inclosure-Wall of the Five Barns, on the llth of August, 1848. (Sketch No. 3.) The inclosure-wall of the Five Bsms is composed of brickwork, 14 inches thick, with piers at intervals of 10 feet, ano '< 10 feet high. To secure the left flank of the position, on the llth of August, 1848, in addition to the erection of a stockade across the isthmus which separates the left d'*' f St. Mary's Homwork from the bathing pond, the adjacent inclosii'-e-wall of the Five Barns was occupied, and loop-holes were formed by means of musket-proof timbers, raised 3 or 4 inches above the coping of the wall. A banquette was formed by placing large casks upon their ends, and laying thereon chesses and planks. This i)ost, on the occasion of the siege operations, was occupied by a company of Sappers and Miners, commanded by Captain D. W. Tylee, Royal Engineers. In attacking this position, orders were given for lodging the two charges intended to breach the wall, with a space of only G feet between them ; but, by some mistake, the charges were placed 10 feet apart, and therefore, instead of one large breach being formed, suflncient for 10 or 12 men abreast, two separate breaches were made of the dimensions shown in the accompanying drawing ( No. 3), which were, however, suf- ficiently large, each to admit of the (jaswige of (wo or three men abreast. * The north ind ol Ihi' slotkinK alom \vn, bitailuil, in iirdci to .i\ niit an iiscliss waste of limber (i (i '2 i rl: QOO ACCOUNT OK THE Ol'KUATIONS AT CHATHAM. Each charge consisted of 60 lbs. of gunpowder (having G feet of Uiekford's fuze attuchcd to it) in a waterproof bag, and sand-bags tilled with comnnon eartii were luid on each, in the manner described in the drawing ( No. 3), to increase the eflect against the wall. (Signed) A. J. Clarkk, Lieut. Royal Engineers. APPENDIX C. liKPORT of the Countkrmink Operations, conducted by Captain the Ho- nourable Alexander Gordon, and Lieut. Lane Fox, of the Grenadier Guards, against the attack on the Ravelin, and on the Uuke of Cumiier- land's Bastion, on the loft of Chcitham Lines, in the Months of July and August, 1848. (Plan, No. 4.) The ordinary works of a siege having been sufficiently advanced, the above-named officers were decired by Colonel Sir Frederic Smith, K. H., to destroy by counter- mines the trench cavalier, and the right double sap of the offensive works, so as to open them to the fire of the garrison. The operations were ordered to be carried on, as if in presence of the enemy, with- out the assistance of any measurement being taken outside the ditch of the ravelin. Having no plan nor section of any part of the works, we first measured a base-line on the banquette of the ravelin, opposite to the works to be destroyed, and from thence fixed, by triangulation, the two ends of the cavalier, and the beginning and head of the double sap. We also took angles of depression to each of the above-named points. We then fixed, by triangulation, the position of the mouth of one of the galleries in the counterscarp of the ravelin, and its level below the base-line, on the ban- quette. We afterwards placed the theodolite on a low stool, and surveyed the two galleries we intended to use, as far as they were already made, and then calculated in the usual way, the rise or fall, and the direction necessary to be given to the new brunches, in order to arrive at the points where we proposed to place the charges, which were as follows: — FOR THE TRENCH CAVALIER. The survey having given a front of 96 feet, at the foot of the interior slope of the cavalier, and taking the width of the ba-^e of Ihc parapet to be '20 feet, a charge placed at 10 feet below the natural surface of the ground, and I foot in advance of the crest of the parapet (to compensiite for the rise of the glacis in front), would give two equal lines of least resistance, of 13 feet each, one to the foot of the exterior slope and one to the terreplein of the cavalier. Then, by using two charges, and placing one of them so that the edge of the crater would cut the right shoulder of the cavalier at the foot of the interior :■ 'ie, and the other so as to leave a space of 14 feet between the two craters (it being intended that each crater should be '26 feet in diameter), we expected the earth between the two would fall away, leaving an inverted cone about 7 feet high (the base being 14 feet), so that ACCOUNT OF THE OPERATIONS AT CHATHAM. 223 it would afford no cover against the tire of the ravelin ; while the remaining 30 feet of the cavalier, uninjured on the left, but reduced at the crest of the parapet to about 20 feet, in consequence of the earth falling away to an angle of 45°, would be open to the flanking fire of the Duke of Cumberland's Bastion. FOR THE DOUBLE BAP. The quantity of gunpowder being limited, it was judged expedient merely to open the left face of the double sap, by placing a charge 10 feet below the natural surfme of the ground, so as to throw down the left parapet and the foremost traverse on the same side. This would expose about 50 feet of the sap to the fire of the garrison, partly from the ravelin, and partly from the right face of the Duke of Cumberl . .'s liustiun. The cases used in all the branches were of '2-inch pine, 3 feet 7 inches by 2 feet 5 inches in the clear. At about 100 feet from the mouth of the west gallery a guard chamber was made, of great gallery cases, 7 feet by 6 feet 6 inches, and 6 feet 6 inches high, for the con- venience of keeping stores, &c. The two charges for the cavalier were of 219 lbs. each, in boxes 20i inches cube, with a space of 1 i inch between the surface of the powder and the top of the box. The joints of the boxes were secured with white lead, and the outside coated with pitch. The chambers were no larger than actually necessary to receive the boxes. 36 feet of J inch powder hose, and the same length of Bickford's fuze, were attached to each, laid together in 2i inches casing tubes, brought to one focus of ignition above the junction of the two branches leading to the chambers, and finished in the usual way with a piece of portfire 3 inches long, placed horizontally in clay. The soil in the neighbourhood of both these charges was of fine sand mixed with clay. Each gallery was tamped for 23 feet, a wall of clay bricks, hardened in the sun, being built every 3 or 4 feet, and the interval filled with earth well rammed. The earth for tamping was obtained from a gallery driven for the purpose, opposite to the junction of the two branches, which was found to be more expeditious than bringing earth from the mouth of the mine, as there were two branches to tamp at once. The charge for the mine under the double sap was of 100 lbs., in a box 15^ inches culie, with the space of 1 inch between the surface of the powder and the top of the box. 27 feet of J inch powder hose, and the same length of Bickford's fuze, were attached to it, and led into the guard chamber for ignition. The gallery was tamped for the extent of 16 feet, in the same way as the other two. The soil in the neighbourhood of this charge was clay mixed with flints. The actual effect of the explosions was a little more than the calculated ctfect (as shown by the plan and sections), the whole of the cavdier and 5a feet of the double sap being opened to the fire of the ravelin or bastion. While driving the galleries, it was found necessary to bore an air-hole, to obtain fresh air from the surface, two pairs of bellows being insutTicient to drive out the foul air which had collected during the few days one of them had not been worked. A s|)ot was therefore selected for boring, which it was calculated would bring the air-hole to the surface of the ground at the foot of the exterior slope of part of the oH'eiisive works, so that it would be unperceived by the eremy. A 6-inch auger, attached to boring rods 2 feet in lengtl , was used ; a pi' I'c of iron, 6 ini'lies long, 'aelug titled below the cioss-liundle in proloi'giilion of the boring rods. This rested in a shoe or cup ing proceeded. ACCOUNT OF THK OPERATIONS AT CHATHAM. 225 mih. l>iiitii' LtMh, The mines were ready for firing In 76 hours from the time the work was commenced, and the whole of it was performed by two reliefs of officers ( Lieuts. De Vere and Luard, Royal Engineers) and threo reliefs of men. The following is a statement of the work done in each relief of 6 men. IST RELIEF, OF 8 HOURS. 6 feet of right branch driven, and 2 feet of the return, for the charge at g. of left branch tamped. 10 feet '2nd relief, of 8 hours. 2 feet of the right branch driven, with its return of 3 feet, and the chamber, 2 feet of the return (to * a few hours' notice when summoned by their field cornets. Such were the people who hud settled down in, and taken possession of, the territory of Natal ; a people constituting a formidable enemy if resolutely headed. In the year 1841 a large commando of the Boers having attacked a ixitivc chief (, it was considered necessary that a force should be stationed in the neighbourhood of the mouth and on the right bank of the Um/.imonbri River. A party, consisting of a company of the 27th Regiment, a company of the Cape Mounted Riflemen, two light (i-pounders, with a detachment of Royal Artillery, and a few men of the Royal Sappers and Miners, were ordered from the frontier, and placed under the command of Captain Smith, of the '27th Regiment, who took up an admirable position on the Umgazi River, a small stream about ten miles to the south of the Umzimonbri. While the force remained in this position, no further aggression on either side disturbed the peace of the country; in the mean time some communications had been going on with the Colonial Government and the Boers at Natal. The latter had strongly and unhesitatingly asserted their wish and intention of remaining independent of the British Government, and said, if troops were sent up, they should oppose them by force. The company of the Cape Mounted Riflemen were withdrawn from the Umgazi ; and in .January 1842, 100 men of the 27th Regiment, with a few Artllerymen and Sappers, were sent up to the party at the Umgazi ; and the force, coiisitting of 2(X) men of the 27th Regiment, two light C-pounders and one 24-pound howitzer, 15 Artillerymen, 5 Sai)pers, and C of the Cape Mounted Riflemen, the only mounted men, were ordered on to Natal, leaving a detachment of 50 men of the 27th Rejjiment at the Umgazi. The knowledge in the colony respecting the position of the Boers at Natal was very limited. An erroneous opinion was entertained that the Boers had no horses, and that horses from the colony could not live in the Natal territory. The reverse was found to be the case, almost every Boer who mustered against the troops bringing with him his two or three horses ami aftei rider, the horse sickness not more prevalent than in many parts of the old colony ; but the Cape Corps being withdrawn, and the infantry alone sent on to Natal, was a most unfortunate circumstance, as the mounted * The Zoolah nation musters about *) reRimcnts, of IdOO oaeli, under one chief, Um Pandak. Another nation, the Aniasw.asi, were coni|uereil by the Zoolahs in 1(I47> anil ineorporateii with th'.'m, whieli is saiil to have inirtased their warriors to as many as (iil,(iiHi. Tlie Zoolah eountry is imme- diately to the north of \atal. f Bil-tonK, strips of meat slightly rubbed over with salt, and hung out in the sun to dry, will then keep for many months, and can be eaten without being cooked— an excellent substitute for salt meat. + N'C'apai, chief of the Amal)aea. The Boers droveoffiO.OOOof his r.ittle without, as they them- selves now acknowledge, any cause of (|uarrel with him. "msim 23'2 ATTACK, HV THF UOEHS, ON THE Boer could, and did, nlwavs elude every movrment that was mane againitt him, whereas, if only a small mounted party had been present, the Boer could have been overtaken, and su'-.h an example at ■^'>ce made as would have intimidated them, made them at least hesitate before encountering the troops, and, on finding themselves liable to be individually overtaken and sabred, they would most probably have at once given up all thoughtj r : acti". 2 resistance. The camp at Umgazi received their supplies of stores, provisions, &c., overland, from the eastera frontier, the impraLticability of the coast having deterred any of the coasters from endeavouring to land them at the mouth of the rivers, or along the coast : the supplies had therefore to be sent in bullock waggons from Graham's Town ; and having to cross five large rivers, the Fish River, Keiskama, Kei, Umbashee, and Umtata, which remain full for wetkg, and sometimes months, at a time, as well as nu- merous other smaller streams, grea* '"' ■'nvenieuce was felt in the irregularity of the receipt of the supplies ; and, at the time the force were )rdered on, they were obliged to advance with only three months' provisions, in the expectation, however, of finding a "cssel with supplies at the Bay of Natal. A few days before the troops were to mai h, " the Umzimonbri filled," and caused a detention u thirty days, so that the force did not leave their camp until the 31st M:;.Ji, having with them 70 wln,cled carriages, to cross a country over which no waggon, excepting a solitary trader's, had ever traverse' . Thcs greatest difficulty was experienced in travelling over the marshy ground, whi h is worse near the sea, owing to the ground rising from the coast per- pendicularly ; the land immediately above 1 eceiviiig the drainage of the upper country without much fall on either sid^ to carry it away, and an unusual o,uantity of rain hfing fallen, made this ground in a worse state than ordinary, and, although generally practicable for waggons, after a few had passed, it rendered the drifts over the small marshy rivulets, as well \i larger streams, which are found every one or two miles all along the coast, so bad that the road had to be renewed after every one or two waggons had crossed. Fjveral very steep hills had to be surmounted, and one, the Uraterda Hill, over which the hunter and tradsr had never attempted to take his waggon, but always took it to pieces and carried it up or down. Up this hill, consisting of lar;re boulder of granite, imbedded in what was then a swamp, a rough road was constructed ; and by putting three spans of oxen, 36 bullocks, in each waggon, after three days' work all the waggons were got up. Constantly having to repair the road, cut through wood and bush, toil along the sand on the shore, and occasionally hook on and man the drag ropes for each waggon passing along "sideling" placec, the force at lengtli arrived at the Bay of Natal after a most harassing march of six weeks, having crossed 172 rivers and streams, encou.ifcred a great deal of violent rain, the men havinj often to sleep on marshy ground, no dry spot being able to be found for the camp. In a few instances the CafTre guides mistook the road, but generally were found to be cor- rect, and to have a good idea of the spot where a waggon could travel, or rather where it could be forceu along. The troops arrived \t the Bay of Natal Oi. the 3rd of May, and encamp'-d at the head of the bay. The position is a difficult one for a small force to occupy, to secure the important and all-t.J cessary objects of giving protection to the town, communication with the landing-plac'Ji and at the same time hold a defensible position. The nature of the ground is 'ucli thnt no single site will secure these objects. The ground in the neighbourhood of i'ae liay is covered with wood, large trees with dense undergrowth, almost impenetrable in many places; a range of bill« (the Berea Hills), ihickly wooded, runs parallel to the coast at about one and a half i.nile distant ; to the north of the bay an accumulation nf sand-hills forms a barrier betwc 'i the s^a and land. INTRKNCHED CAMI' AT I'ORT NATAL. •233 Between the sand-hills and the Berea Hills extends a flat called the Itafa Amalinda, covered with detached clumps of bush, varying in size, which, with the rich grass and luxurious fuliagn, gives a peculiarly beautiful park-like appearance to the scenery. This flat is bounded by thi ">_, and the Umgeni River at each end. On the bay side were built the huts and houses fokiiing the village of Port Natal. The channel runs too far ofl* to enable vesseN to land at the lotv-n, so that all goods arc obliged to be landed at the extremity of tiie tongue of land forn^ed by the above-mentioned sand- hills. To the south of the bay the ground rises precipitously 1 00 feet high from the sea, and forms a bluff point extending outside the sandy spit, the channel running between these two tongues of land, before the water spreading out forms tht buy. Thus there could be found few situations more difficult for a small force to i.ccupy in a defensible position. The point, the landing place, is in itself wholly untenable. Had the troops taken up their position tiiere, they would not have been able to have maintained themselves a week against the Boers who attacked them. The bluff is isolated, of no use to the town, and does not give by itself any hold in the country. The position at the head of the bay was bad, being too far from water and surrounded with bush. The flat on which the town stands was then the only posilinn available; and to it the e;icampment was moved, about three quarters of a mile from the huts of the settlers. As mentioned above, the P « had asserted theii intention of opposing by force the occupation of Natal, an*^, h .i..g that the troops were likely to move on from the Umgazi, had sent a small commando down the coast. This party returned before the troops arrived. Som*; Englishmen, who had been long residents in that part of the country, and had been living among liie natives, and were looked up to by them as chiefs, had ordered the approach of the troops to be kept a secret from the Boers. This order was implicitly obeyt i ; and although the force was detained for five days at the Umcumas, a large river only dO miles from the bay, the first intelligence the Boers had of the approach of the troops was their winding down the hill above the first Boer's farm, about 14 miles from the bay. Amusing was the consternation at this farm at the sight of the red coats ; women running about screeching, the men and servants catching the horses, saddling up and riding on the road to Pieter Maritzburg, to an- nounce the unwelcome intelligence that the hated Englishmen had come, unwelcome to almost, but not quite, all. There were a few who even then foresaw the quarrels breeding among themselves, and dreaded each other more even than tl'.<' ■ u!e of the British v^overnment. If the Boers had been aware of the troops' advance, and, as was their intention, gone out against them in 'heir overwhelming nuiiibers, it may with confidence be asserted that scarcely a man would have reached Port Natal. In the first place the Calfre g' 'ies would have deserted on the first shot being 'ired, and the 200 infantry, with a long train of bullock waggons and three guns to protect, covering a space of generally little less than two miles, toiling over an unknown, roadless country, iviterspersed with bush and broken ground, would have been picked off, man after man, by the mounted Beer, without any opportunity of returning the fire of the Boer, who would not in any way expose himself. The natives, however, having care- fully concealed the approach of the troops, they marched into the village of Port Natal with' :l the Boers being aware of it in suflicient time to muster to oppose them on the march. A protest presented by the field cornet against the approach of the troops, to Major Smith, was tlie only overt act of hostility taken by the Boers at first. The only ground available for an intrenched position appeared, at'l<:r a niiimte rcconnoissancc of the counlry, to be the spot mentioned above, niaik'>'J B or. the uccompunying sketch. 5(' -41 HI 1 234 ATTACK, BY THE BOERS, ON THE ilttMl ' f it :| No. 1. This site offered the advantages of a olerably clear sweep all round, and, above all, was well Supplied with water, both from the marsh and from a well which was immediately sunk inside the camp. In this position the troops encamped, on a slightly elevated piece of ground, drawing up the waggons between three clumps of bush, which, after being cut down, served for an elevated platform for the guns, to flank the waggons and protect the encampment. The tents were pitched in the in- terior space, and preparations were commenced for collecting materials for hutting the men, intrenching the position, and constructing a redoubt to preserve the communi- cation with the port and village, the whole of the waggons having to be sent back to the colony by the same route as soon as passible. In the mean time, however, the Boers began to assemble at the Congella, about four miles distant from the camp, and day after day brought great tiumbers of them from the interior. About a month be- fore the arrival of the troops. Port Natal had been visited by a Dutch vessel from Holland. The captain and super-cargo, to answer their own purposes, to obtain a more ready sale for their goods, had encouraged the Boers in their ide°. of establishing an independent government and of resisting the troops, so that the minds of these ig- norant people were more than ever excited. They believed the story that they would receive assistance from Holland, and so were resolved to resist the occupation of the country by Her Majesty's Forces. Ve. ;' little informatiott could be obtained of their proceedings at the Congella; but it was g:>nerally, at first, supposed that they would quarrel amongst each other and disperse, .'n a few days, however, their commandant, Pretorius, posted a notice desiring the troops to quit the territory of Natal. Major Smith had this notice pulled down, and then Pretorius assured him that the Boers would dii^perse quietly, that it was a small party only who were ill-disposed, and that the rest would get the upper hand and ail would be quiet. Major Smith, anxious to give them eve.y chance of dispersing quietly, and to avoid collision as long as possible, did not, relying on the assurances of Pretorius, march to the Congella to disperse them, as might have been easily done at that time, when they had not mustered in the numbers they subsequently did. The troops were badly off for provisions when they marched into Port Natal, having only a few days' supply. One or two more was, however, very fortunately, immediately procured from a store in the village, and about fourteen days', a short time after, from the brig " Pilot," despatched from Cape Town with two iron 18-pounder guns, stores, and supplies. On the morning of the 22nd of May the Boers mustered in large numbers on the edge of the bush round the camp, galloped down upon the plain, and swept off a considerable number of the cattle grazing under the camp, the herdsmen being driven away. .*. party, instantly sent from the camp, succedeed in recapturing some c' the cattle. A few distant shots passed between them and the Boers. This was the nrst commencement of hostilities. A notice was handed to Major Smith from the Volkoraad, desiring the troops to quit the territory, which was returned to them. The Boers having thus openly placed themselves in rebellion, it became necessary to take some steps to assert Her Majesty's Authority, requisite for the troops to take measures to disperse the rebels ; no reinforcements could be received from the colony before, at the very shortest time, five weeks, and it was evident that before that time something must be done, some endeavour must be made to put down the rebellion. A force of 50 men had been left at the Umgazi, but it was impossible to order them up, as they could never ha"e passed through the country now occupied by the Boers. It was, therefore, of primary and immediate importance that the Boers, assembled at their " lager " at Congella, should be dispersed ; the want of cavalry crippled every manoeuvre we could make against them ; whenever the infantry moved out of the INTRENCHED CAMP AT PORT NATAL. 235 ramp, the mounted Boer concealed in the bush, or taking advantage of the slightest cover the ground afforded, which, from constant practice in hunting the wild game, they well understand, galloped up in numbers from .11 points, and, after firing, re- tired, and advanced again at the gallop for another shot ; thus there was no chance of overtaking the Boer, so that it was decided by Major Smith to advance against the Congella at night ; and on the night of the 23rd of May, 1842, a force • consisting of loo men of the 27th Regiment, two light six-pounder guns, with 12 artillerymen and 5 sappers f, were ordered to march from the camp at 10 p.m. A boat had been fitted up with a 24-pounder howitzer that morning, and was ordered to drop down the channel, and, on a given signal, open its fire upon the Congella. It was hoped that the Boers would have been taken by surprise, and have been dispersed without firing upon their camp. From the information received it appeared they were in the liabit of keepiiig a party stationed in the bush between he camp and Congella ; but that by marching over the sands the force would bo able to reach the Boers' " lager " with- out their being aware of it, and it was calculated, and the pilot affirmed, could do so without being ankle deep in water. The force accordingly left the camp at 10 p.m. on the night of the 23rd of May, a bright moonlight night, under the command of Major Smith, and had advanced within about 800 yards of the Congella, when tiic Boers, who had received information of their approach, and concealed themselves in the mangroves at the edge of the bay, just at the point where the troops must come within musket shot before advancing on the Congella from the sands, opened their fire upon them by a single musket shot instantly followed by a voiley which killed and wounded many of the gun oxen, which rushed among the troops and caused consider- able confusion ; the boat with the howitzer, which had been ordered to drop down the channel, and on the signal being given open its fire upon the Congella, by mismanage- ment got aground, and thus did not take up its proper position ; but on the firing commencing opened its fire, the shot falling just in rear of the troops ; had the boat dropped into its right position, the Boers could not have taken their post in ambus- cade against the troops. The guns came into action, and the infantry returned the fire of the Boers ; but, as it was impossible to take the guns with us in advancing against the Boers, and by advancing we should have placed the Boers between us and the camp. Major Smith ordered the i "treat, being obliged to leave the two guns be- hind, not having the means of taking them back to the camp, the oxen being shot or wounded, and perfectly unmanageable. The troops had only reached their camp a few rainutes when the Boers surrounded it on all sides, and kept up an incessant fire for '.bout two hours, until daybreak, and then retired. The casualty on the side of t •• ivoopi at the attack upon the Congella was as under : — Killed. Wounded. i , .? \rii"ery . . . 1 Officer and 4 N. C. O. and R. and F. 2 N. C. O. It. and F. k._,.i I -icr .rs and Miners „ „ 2 ditto ditto. 27th K t, Jient ... „ 16 ditto ditto 2 Officers 2G Cape Mounted Riflemen „ 1 ditto ditto Lieutenatit Wyatt, R. A., Copt. Lonsdale, Lieutenant Tunnard, 27th Regiment. * Under MEOnr .'"lith, 27th Regiment. Captain Loi.sdale, ~| Lieutenant Tunnard, I 27th Ucgimcnt. Lieutenant Molesworth, J Lieutenant Wyatt, Royal Artillery. Lieutenant (iil>b, Royal Engineers. Lieutenant Irwin, 27th Rf giineiit, being left in command of the camp, t UnderanoHlcerof the corps of Royal Kngincers (th? auti orof this paper), who acted as an assist- Mnt Vuartcrmaster-Grncral on *hc march, and aide-de-camp to the commanding officer.— EiiiTnns. vrr.. I. II m 236 ATTACK, BY THE BOERS, ON THE During the Boers' attack iii.on the carap the smoke hung over the ground so mucli from the incessant firing, that nothing could be distinguislied but the flash of the guns. A waggon-driver was shot by a Boer who rode up close to one of the sentries, and on being challenged fired at the man and killed the driver at his waggon ; three otiier men were wounded inside the can.;~ The loss on the Boers' side was greater, being *)n the liitilx;r-I)ox, and dismounted the Run ; and at all times laid the 1(1- (loimdvr Run, of which lie had charge, with admirable precision. This man's i-oolncss and general uscf\ilncss was the admiration of all. I 1 2 J ^-.-.y ii-j I 238 NOTES ON THE SETTLEMENT OF NATAL. 1 1 f i .!: i ■i-r'i'r] leaders were not punished for their rebellion at once ; leniency being looked upon by them ao weakness ; and they have never since left off fomenting disturbance both within and beyond the boundary of the colony, whereas then they were disheartened and fearful of the punishment which they at thai time thought was justly due for their re- bellion. If a few had been made an example of, and then an unconditional pardon extended to the rest, it is generally supposed that it would have had a salutary effect upon the whole, and gone far towards making them a more settled people. From the above encounter with the Boers, the following would seem to be more particularly deduced : — 1. That guns drawn by oxen should never be used as field artillery, where they arc required to perform movements in action under an enemy's fire. 2. The want of a small body of cavalry entirely crippled every movement. Had there been thirty mounted men, the force would, most probably, never have been shut up in the camp, but would have been able to take at once the offensive with every probability of success. 3. The necessity of practising the infantry soldier more frequently in the use of his musket with ball cartridge, more particularly in countries like the Cape, where he has so often to trust to his own individual correctness of aim and knowledge of his wea- pon, and has so little need of the ordinary evolutions en tnasse. Notes on the Settlement of Natal. The colony of Natal, unsurpassed and perhaps unequalled by any of our colonial possessions for salubrity of climate and fertility of soil, is situated on the eastern coast of S. Africa, between the 27° and 31° parallels of S. latitude ; bounded on the E. by the Indian Ocean, on the W. by the Kahlamba or Draakberg mountains, containing an extent of territory of about 13,000 square miles. In the year 1836 numerous bodies of the Dutch emigrant farmers (Boers), in their migration from the colony of the Cape of Good Hope, journeying from the interior up the gradual ascent of the Kahlamba, reached the summit, whence the chain breaks off precipitously, and from it looked down upon the territory now comprising the dis- trict of Natal. Into this territory, which was then inhabited by remnants of scrttered native tribes, who had survived the desolating wars, the wholesale slaughters of the Zoolah chief, Chaka, the emigrant Boers descended, and, after defeating the Zoolah nation under Dingaan, established themselves ; and being joined from time to time by considerable numbers of their countrymen, who flocked, both from the old colony miles distant from the Port of Natal, apportioned out the land, allotting a farm of 6,000 acres to each head of a family, elected a Volkitraad, made rules for the future administration of the government of their intended republic, &c. In a short time, however, the complaints of the natives drew the attention of the Colonial Government to the proceedings of their subjects, who had thus migrated from their immediate jurisdiction, and were establishing a government of their own ill a country recognised as a portion of Her Majesty's dominions ; and in 1839 a Com- pany of the 72nd Regiment was sent by sv.n from Cape Town to Port Natal. Thi.s force encamped at the Point and took mililary possession of the harbour, but no cog- fll^h. NOTES ON THE SETTLEMENT OF NATAL. 239 nizance of the internal aflairs of the Boers : it was withdrawn after remaining there a year. In January, 1841, a large commando of the Boers having attacked and plun- dered a native chief in alliance with the Colonial Government, a force under com- mand of Captain (now Major) Smith, of che 27th Regiment, was ordered to the right bank of the Umzimvubu, or St. John's River, about half way between the eastern frontier and Natal. In the following year the force was ordered up to take possession of Natal, and proclaim Her Majesty's Authority over the territory. They arrived there in May, 1842, and were immediately attacked by a large force of the Boers, and it was not until a reinforcement was sent by sea from Cape Town, wh'.^h rendered further resistance impracticable, that they submitted *. From this period until Au- gust, 1845, the management of this portion of Southern Africa was entrusted to Major Smith (then of the 27th Regiment) as Commandant of Natal ; and to his su- perior ability, firmness, and unerring judgment, h due the maintenance of peace during that time, the name of Major Smith being now remembered with esteem and regard by the Boer and the native inhabiting that region uf Southern Africa. In December, 1845, a Lieutenant-Governor, Martin West, Esq., with the usual func- tionaries for the establishment of a civil government, arrived ; and head-quarters, both civil and military, were established at Pietermaritzburg, the spot admirably chosen by the Boers as their intended capital. The position of the district in regard to its inhabitants was peculiar, containing within it three races of people so different in their feelings, manners, and habits, the English settler, the Boer, and the Native ( Zoolah CafTre). The English consisted of traders residing in the towns of Pietermaritzburg and Port Natal, a few small farmers in the neighbourhood of these places, and the members of the government. The Boers were chieHy scattered over the country on their farms, many of them on the occupa- tion of the district by the troops had reascended the Kahlamba rangp, and sought the in- terior, where they could live, unshackled by any law, free from all the restraint imposed by a civilized government ; this migration continued until at the end of the year 1847 very few remained within the bounds prescribed as the district of Natal, and as such under the immediate sway of the local government. On the other hand, the number of the natives, which was at first estimated with tolerable accuracy at 100,000, was constantly augmenting, by fugitives from the surrounding tribes fleeing into the British territory from the tyranny and despotic rule of their own chie&, to seek the protection of the government ; nor were the local authorities, however desirous to do so, able to stop this migration, although discouraging it as far as possible, because compelling the fugitive to return to his own country was devoting him and his family to certain death. Such were the inhabitants of Natal, so different in their views and customs, and surrounded on all sides by independent native tribes, whose sole thoughts, both as a nation and as individuals, are devoted to war and its, to them, natural sequence, plunder, from ttieir earliest youth. Immediately over the northern boundary reside the Zoolah nation, mustering an army of 60,000 warriors, under one despotic chief, Um Pandah; and on the other sides smaller tribes more or less powerful and numerous. Although these tribes were in communication with the Caffres on the frontier of the old colony, with whom the war was being carried on, and the large military force, and its inhabitants formed into a burgher force, were actively engaged in its protection, and they constantly heard from them of the large herds of cattle captured from the white people, yet, during all this time not a shot was tired in anger at Natal vvith the exception of one expedition against a petty * The operations connected therewith being ilcscribeU in llic roregoii;e jiart of this I'arer. ■'1. 1 ■H : n 240 NOTES ON THK SETTLEMENT OF NATAL. refraotory native chief; and it may with some confidence be affirmed, that, had it not been for the position held at Natal, not ro much by reason of our strenf^h in regular troops, — which was confessedly almost hazardously small in the then situation of affairs, consisting only of the head quarters Ist Battalion, 45th Regiment, with De- tachments of the R.A., R.S. and M., and Cape Mounted Riflemen, — as by the moral influence possessed in that region, the dependence upon us of the native subjects within our boundary, the knowledge to the indepvi.iient tribes, that upwards of 120,000 souls, about 20,000 o* whom were capable of bearing arms, were under our government, and would be headed and led on by the white mon, and then be a very formidable enemy to them, the whole of the native tribes inhabiting this portion, extending from Delago Bay southwards, would most probably, more or less, have assisted thi; Arontier CaflVes in pouring into the old colony ; thus, had it not been for our settlement at Natal, the old colony would very likely have had to contend against the large force of perhaps 60,000 Zoolahs, and the Amapondahs, mustering not less than 15,000, besides other smaller tribes, in addition to the frontier tribes. So much had this influence extended, that it would have been possible, if affairs on the eastern frontier had rendered it necessary, to have marched a body of 10,000 natives, headed by white men, and supported by a regular force, to the rear of the frontier tribes to the assistance rf the old colony. It was, however, for many and obvious reasons, very desirous not to have recourse to this measure, except in a case of extreme emergency. It became then one of the first objects of the Lieutenant-Governor on his arrival at Natal, to cause such tracts of country to be allotted for the use of the scattered tribes as would be sufficient for them, and which might, with equal justice to their interests and that of the Europeans, be appropriated for their use ; a commission was appointed by him to report upon this subject. The unsettled state of the whole of Southern Africa at this period, and various causes, combined to delay the settlement of this question, and delay involved it in more difficulties : before giving a short outline of the system proposed for its adjustment, I proceed to make a few remarks upon the various claims to land, and the state of that question, in order to a clearer view of the subject As mentioned above, the Boers on their arrival in the country apportioned out the land into farms, each person receiving a grant of one from the Volksraad ; many of these farms were immediately occupied and cultivated ; on some of them a portion of the scattered native tribes were residing : this was the case, however, with but few which were actually under cultivation, although some grants of land had been made by the Volksraad, to which the natives laid claim, on the ground of occupation before the arrival of the Boers, and in some instances as the original land of their forefathers, the hereditary dwelling-place of their tribe. Prior to the establishment of a regular government, a special commissioner had been sent to Natal to report, for the informa- tion of Her Majesty's government, upon the claims to land ; but as the instruction directed the registration of only such lands claimed by the Boers as had been bond fide occupied, and this occupation not being compatible with the circumstances in which the country had been placed, giving to some large tracts of land, and wholly excluding others, who had in their eyes an equal title, this unhappily involved the land question in more difficulties, and became a cause of real dissatisfaction to the Boer, as well as a constant source for an alleged grievance. The Natal territory being pro- claimed under tlie immediate jurisdiction of the British crown, upwards of 100,000 natives found themselves British subjects, being residents within the assigned limits of the district; it was therefore of vital importance that the boundary of their laud I ■ ( n 1 1 ii NOTES ON THE SETTLEMENT OF NATAL. 241 should be defined as soon as possible, in order that it might be kept distinct from that to be assigned to the colonists, and their government, as far as is compatible with the principles of justice, made to assimilate to their own laws and customs. The following is an outline of the proposed scheme, which it was conceived would alike promote the prosperity of the white colonist ; meet the present wishes Oi the native, and tend to his advancement intellectually and morally, opening a fine fit-Id for the mis- sionary and schoolmaster to inculcate the principles of religion, the softening influences of civilization ; the admixture of the two classes, and the prevention of one of them feeling in the condition of an inferior being to the other, of an irretrievably degraded caste ; and, while obtaining these advantages, and their consequence, the future well- being of the colony, provide the securest means of protection to the settlement, whether from aggression from without, or from disturbance within, its boundaries. 1. In order that the ground of the colonist and native may be kept distinct, tracts of land to be assigned for the use of the natives at the rate of about 20 pcres to each individual, or 32 persons to each square mile ; these portions of country to be called " Native locations," and as such to be placed under different rules and regulations from those of the remainder of the colony, to contain about 10,000 inhabitants each, apart from each other, and selected in reference to nature of ground, and, as fur as possible, to their own preferences, prejudices of particular tribes, the claims and superior capabilities of soil for residences of while inhabitants, &c., &c. 2. The native portion of the community thus having ground allotted to them, and distributed in about ten different settlements, each containing an area averaging about 340 square miles, the remaining portion of th-^, colony to be divided into districts or magistracies, and central sites selected 'a each for their fertility and general capabilities, and laid out as towns or vil' .ges, with a church, school, magistrates' offices, &c., and a cuttle kraal erected on e tch, the whole inclosed and made defensible, or so placed as to be easily made so ; thus would be foi-med a rallying point for the inhabitants of each division, a secure place for their families and property in time of need, and general confidence be inspired in the minds of all. 3. For the management of the native locations, a resident officer of the govern- ment to be appointed over each, as " Superintendant of the Location," to administer its internal affairs, subordinate to, and reporting periodically to the agent for the . natives at head quarters, deciding all cases of dispute among them, making a careful registration of all the inhabitants, men, women, and children, and of all live stock ; and, while ruling them at first according to their own laws and usages, as far as is compatible with equal justice to all, and summarily deciding all matters of trivial import, and, in cases not affecting the lives of the accused endeavouring gradually to set them aside in favour of ours, and to instil into their minds the superiority of them and of our customs to their own ; giving all encouragement to the missionary and schoolmaster, and to every attempt to elevate their women in the scale of society, to a generally more advanced style of living and cultivation of the ground than now obtains among them. A body of native policemen to be formed immediately, which would in ordinary times aid in the internal administration of the government of the location, and in case of war be a nucleus upon which the whole strength of the settlement might be gathered, either for its own internal protection or for the general defence of the district. 4. It has always been found that a considerable number of natives congregate around the towns in various capacities, and in this position, being left without control, they have been a source of annoyance to the town, and rapidly become degraded. To provide for these people, a piece of ground to be allotted in the immediate vicinity "■ ' U iH W».J»^JMJWl,l i J -» ^rm < iiif »' ~m tmi i J I .--ll Ml •«1 ^11 i'', 246 NOTES ON THE SETTT.iiMENT OF NATAL. The io<.>ation of the military pensioiiet's at New Zealand, and the contemplated Mtablishraent of military villages on the frontier of the Cape of Good Hope, is indeed a commencement of a similar system, of a plan ultimately tending to place ihe colonists in the position of being able to take a more active share in the defence of the colony. t>'r A passage in the History of Rome, by the late Dr. Arnold, descriptive of the early rise of the Roman people to greatness and power, appears to me so remarkably adapted 88 an illustration of this subject, thpt I may be pardoned for quoting it here, mot i especially as this work gives such beautiful accounts of the early wars of the city c." Rome, and such graphic and vivid descriptions of the splendid campaigns of Hannibal, and minute account of the topography of the seat of war, as to make it, independently of its vast generally instructive interest, well worthy the careful study of the military reader. " To give a further organization to the commons, he is said to have instituted the festivals called Paganalia and Ctrnpitalia. Ii. the tribes in the country, many strongholds on high ground, pagi, had beer fixed upon as a general refuge for the in- habitants and their cattle in case of invasion. Here tiiey u'l met once a year, to keep festival, and every man, woman, and child, paid on these occasions a certain sum, which being collected by the priests, gave the amount of the whole population. And for the same purpose, every one living in the city paid a certain sum at the temple of Venus Libitina for every death, and a third at the temple of Youth for any son who came to the age of military service. The Compitalia in the city answered to the Paganalia in the country, and were a yeai y festival in honour of the Lares or guardian spirits, celebrated at all the compita or places where several streets meet. " By this arrangement the city of Rome was surrounded by numerous strongholds (fortresses), through which an invading enemy must first pass before appr(>aching the city ; and the Roman general, in the event of his country, or that of the allies of the Roman people, becoming the seat of war, knew at once the exact spot at wh.2l) he would find his allies in each part of the country, mustered in their strongholds, and ready to cooperate with his army, either for purposes of defence or offence. The ad- vantages of si;"h 1 system need not be dwelt upon : it wa? the commencement of the greatness of the city of Rome. Substituting, then, for the city of Rome, the head quarters of the colony, and for the tribes, our districts, whether native or European, this system may be made applicable to -..a ; and in the native districts a meeting might, in a similar way, be held with great advantage each year, at which an officer of the government, as representative of Her Majesty, might explain to them the advantages they enjoy, the duties required of them u British subjects, and generally excite them forward to seek the benefits of true religion and civilization thus offered to them. Having had my attention drawn to this subject while employed at Natal, and be- lieving that the general adoption of a plan of colonization, the ganeral outline of a part of which his been attempted to be sketched in this paper, would, while relieving in some degree the burden of the military protection of such colonies from Great Britain, at the same time tend to make the colonists themselves more active, enter- prising, and useful subjects of Her Majesty, these remarks are with deference offered to my brother officers, in the hope that it may induce others to the consideration of the subject, and thus, perhaps, in some degree aid in the furtherance of a well devised system of C'>lonization, so desirable an object to be attained, alike to our country and her colonies. C. J. G. Snuthamplon, June 12, 1848. i iiTprmtinii n \i 1$ V' \ .niiii-iMii ^\ W ■ ir^^-.A^ rs •-,Y ^x. W y., ,...■■ vo' ,^X L-/^ 1 . •SR5- 4V ''"l'-^ ,- --W ■■■■ ^'M k-*- s ( ^ , I i r^ ( '*-.. \ ti ;^'i,^-.^,\ J J- '/y'"' ^—-^'''f^\^,\f. V. ^ •x MAP I SHEWING II !■: 1 ^\ !■; k n AsSiMviM'.l iiMil iniii'd li.v till' IJrilirtli (' ciinmissioii in 1843, 1844,1845 & 1846. ■.'■ "htryUu ..i/A .■■■■urhitftf^-" ■<"''^nif^ ■ A-i^r-i- "n: _, !to*W«S&- }h II I en I !thiin'nniif/l f/li jj/lf II . Il I • • •' Sl':CTiOMr HKy.'b:' a:;;- .Ar'.HH THE KXPLISK^NS jiA.UIfV. .; ,ii<../'^.X^v r Wv4: ; ' Hll I \ ' II i si I i 't-^oag^n* iiiiumiiio C IJ \i. Si'!/'i'^ lw//W'/'/ ni Miiu.i I'lf^i ffimu.r parh\DiMw . R4, 'Ii'3uflhu_ Li/hag'' •'r-u:rc}tipt) in.3!ij ldf' fixkivi I if. i- p.5,i*lf'i-v r.f;utTi-li;:cd..-Fi^.f^. -Battery wilt: Oiraiif a;iup^:t^:_ t'lg 3 M"uian:;vil rAxic y>\ "Fini;^, 1 CftRBOr CARBONIZATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. II. \ K ' & 3: J ^ !' 1 > ->r. F.rf.;v 1 . .1. t'ie< ^ ; '>^- . > i A^ N»J^ fc^A.-Si-i^.v^iSfirttfih;^- .- -tUl^^^x Kef. G. i._ J.. 1. . i I. ' M/*>;. John Wi-,j1(., .3i), IHiylillolborn.lBiy. ''.f:0i'/y!ii, I'liA. % \ :\ 1 7 s':'qi®iw5!'''£-;' CARBONIZ 1 i '" ^XI 1 I V 1 i a — .. -, — - — - J — — IlI ■■■-■jS i .«■",■",'— ff7T":".». yr't^jvy.^.yri CARBONIIATION OF WOOD BY STEAM. yi. : Fin-. 0. ::rLi±zz£l»#^ -^: V ^ l/»iVwf John Wealc. 59, llij^h I'oUiom.WO. fXF.C'ttr/iit^ A'//l. i ■J ^ i I ii ^''.atffffink j)wa .1 -^ L 4, / / I // i Th* '**'.-- — 3 -^ ,.^ •s «5J :<: vo 5 ^ J ^ 3 4 ^ ^ 3 ^ i V ■} ^ ■i t- r ■^ ^1 5 ^ :i u ^r^ >»,^ z ^ f \l np Opt n-aliou s at tlluillmm, I)*}' An(f*1HtS. Joliii Weale, ."D, Hiirli lit Jlan .VcJ. John Vfeale, rt9, Hiffli ITolbonilHM). CFAhffittns. /jithnf. .■imtOuirrif^on Biii//^/ru/,i. f/o//nin: . ail" I \l HI l^x w ^^""SsSfTi*- tfa»$ i___||||| iCfi ^ ^a-m^^r^ ^ !* I ^ § ^ c^ ^ ^ 1 V Vt 'v ^ ^ i^ i % s? ^ ^ ^ 5i ■V ■V, ^ ^ '^ ':^ 1 '. s 1 "§ ^^ ^ I 05 CO o j3 "OO si ■v I 3 I "Mi I I 5 •Ik ri» •_^ s ti _-v 'i K X ^^ ^ =^ 'v '>- ^ ^ ^ ^ "5 ^ ^ -^ *** 1 « I •s. rl ^ I f I I •^ I ^ I IS f^ ? h; .} M ■■St ™ W' \^ , .">cin»- m^ ii ^" r ' ' If ,L , -Sfn,-; S» ( >|rm«lii«is al CLmth aiii, ii.Jiuj!jS -4KS, /// f/if .if/t/Zi.^ r/ -/lUy A .liif/'/S'tS. R iji' "*■ /h L John \Vc;il,v . '.I, ™1 Plon A'c.J. SECTION ON F.G. AFTER THE EXPLft'J.O.- £ '>*-00 t; ,17. /7 J;■ ^'AH^SifH :saMH >>: I > 00 00 1 ^ O UJ en o z < < a. I- I ^ ^ ■t ^ ^ ^ I ,5^ ^ 1 J ^ I i •is " ^ at ui a i UI o Si M^ :4 % I n m ^' ' if' -t • ; -^ i 1 t (. r' 00 ,^ o UJ in I ,1^ CO ^ s. ^ \. > ^ 1 • -5 K ^. $ -^ N "s X ^ N. ^ ^^ ? ^ ■s 5!; f I- I ^ .^ I I '- 1 ^ ./ / 3 z o Ui UI X H $ z o ui CO N 11 .4» ^ -J| V] 1 ( VU; f --1. : •xv'sii&a^'r^^e'-DK _J .-*1 r**r.v t IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // <- r/j f/. K 1.0 ^1^ U£ I.I 11.25 2.2 2.0 HE 111 116 Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STRSET WEBSTER, N.'. 14580 7 c ' 872-4S03 ^ iV iV \\ .A^ MP. I/. ^o ^» OperatioiLs at Ciiatliam, H^Au4f*m8. i^"p PLAN OF THE SIEGE OPERATIONS IN FRONT OF THE 4'." PARALLEL OF THE LEFT ATTACK. I»» THE VIZ IN. INT OF THE 4™ PARALLEL ATTACK. E L I N . No. 2. ^ No.». ,1 < \ > U '^-M ''^-ji*.^ i — -.J ,,>« Kl,;7'iifT; % J^fm No a -<^. MM .-7' c H X rti r* 2 m t W NOTE. Hue Zomr dcrvfd^ Zi/^te^ m a//y the f^ef-tiem fifim^ffif, fh/rn of the drifer ^rA^n r/ecuT^ mil. Ji.li. AWr'f S(viLe,*]OFe«ttolLich, 60 /Off ^_^^ J^f^ J-Vet -•^ :-i,1i.,^y ,».J , N OF A PART OF THE TRENCH CAVALIER, //nw/^ in Src^im t/ie e^/rr/ of t/tr Mhe,s. ^l z/.e JA.O '^ Zt.O X '^'^^ ■^^^"v^ - //iftf. ■^^^^m-x- O ft ^ «0 f?: S I ^ s^ /^gf ^'ref. H «fcf > John Weale, 59. Hig-h. Holboi-n . ifi^B. ^H p» f/m4>. lHolboi-n.J«*9. ip" ^"^^i 'S. i o* / ('.FMie/lfiJUf, /iiVtM^. e)i}t4/A/'i//^f/(>/r Bi/////ff/m)/j/(>///ftrn p t •m: i* It Hi ^4 » m 1 I \ K. ' ''>«^4tt«m«i.t4««Mi (o«^*i"*«-.-^^j» i .1! m 0|)«MV«lioiis a1 Challi.ini. /J'.^ .foff! is.^ V. ,:.^,^l DRAWING ir the pw'pr). SECTION ON G.,'/., . SECTION ON 11.//. r"' 'a ^la-forr J^nif.- "^^.0 > U,.R.I(>Frrt. (7ioiife WC/ds. X /.//' .''////. l'/i(i/yr V^jZ/m. I HMW SHAFT FLAN SHAFT /* 1* o Srale 3 7 / Jolin Weale, 59,Bi^h Hoibom.id^ ^1 1 mrM^^ SSi 'LAN ) BASTION. Srale 30 feet to 1 Inch. isoffft. le, 59,Bi^h Hoibom.id'M). C.HcJif/Wm./^Mc^. r?oii//in/rt/>^evt BtttMtmf*, /lolZ/fiin . ■HM Kv i f r I (O llJ 1^ ^ 1-1 Q < s q) z ^ < ^ ^ 2Li CO CO ;^ 3e; 2 1 Ci Uj 4 I- 1 4 > ^ •^ 1^. N X. ^ ^ ^ ?: ■'1 ■4 1' >! ;■» ^ > ^ 5 ^ 1^ Sir S.v ^ s^ 't^. 5: >5 V J. ^, ^ ^ ^ S ^ ^. ^"~ k S^ >- 5- o 1 1 1 $ N. ^ V ■s; f' <► 4 ^ 1*.' 4 ^ O ^ s: 'S IC ^ "j; fe' \/z_z: - -3 \ \ -4. 1 ■ \ \ ' , \ \ i •^ \ ^ -0 l#:l .faif^Wi I3 U hi , .*^ i&a !- p4 b V. P. I L PH •y. . 5^ .:J^-£Mi a V i ; Si \w »IMPI1JU|JLIJ.,I||ILI o o • 3- n *: T 3 i s ^ ^ ^ ^5 , ^ ^, ^ •is i' n ^ 1 s ^ -Q o -^ r-Si a -i ; 'T^ . l^; ' ; ' M <\ '!i"'4 , ;"?"^^ •>»jjl^U(|jjlj,_ ],., , ■f»im>Hll»*S"ilpi««»4»|l.!j|.l^,i}i(pP|, I I PLATE N°3. z>?, n/m^'d PUn of Camp. sii.l7ufe ,yr4 nw A Mm'IiMy u^ed. rir cutting Mil u,n^ B. Baw^Bate' C. ISJ^Jiam A irtfvch /or M'u/ideci. — Vfa^^ns Sedim tfirvugk Trench md. Wttggo.'is Intencr ^^'^ Iinr afHrt lofeet C FChtfTui^. ijUho. &iUka/fi/Xafvy^*I/aU>om John \Y«hIr. 5». Hi^i Holboru.l8*» . • " ' '•"'•■ •'•^'''•''''■'mmmmm ) 11 U : I wi mi >ii '^f^.mM'i ■-a^»w.!*c CAMP ill TliL'', ITAKA AMAIINDK. POHT .loliii Wenlc.VJ.IIigli llolhoni / ■!■•■ A''l. N' \rK K: -k ■^^5 AfviAMNDK. P(^HT NATAJ,, JUNK \[W?. . Wcalc..59,liijlli llolhurii. IrtU).